Tasty salad
Jerseys with
crispy bacon
Annual Report and
Financial Statements 2010
We have made fundamental changes at Sainsbury’s in recent years which have
transformed our business. We have stayed true to our heritage. Our passion for
great food at fair prices and our robust, ethical approach remain central to our
continued success.
World leaders in Fairtrade
We are the world’s largest retailer of Fairtrade goods by
value. One in every four pounds spent on Fairtrade in the
UK is spent at a Sainsbury’s store.
Supermarket of the year
Sainsbury’s was named Supermarket of the Year at the
2009 Retail Industry Awards, due to our ability to adapt
to changing customer needs over the past year.
We are ‘Green to the Core’
We were awarded an industry leading ‘A’ rating in the ‘Green to
the Core?’ survey by Consumer Focus for our customer engagement
on green issues, our sustainable farming and fish policies and
the high proportion of sustainable products available.
Largest UK retailer of Freedom Food
We are the largest retailer of Freedom Food both by the amount
of products we sell and the range we offer. Freedom Food is the
RSPCA’s farm assurance and food labelling scheme.
Leader in HR and people
management
We won the CBI ‘People’s Organisation’ award for our
broad-ranging HR and people-management excellence.
Leader in quality
We won more Quality Food Awards than any other retailer this
year, including 7 wins from 15 categories for Value products.
Official partner of the
London 2012 Paralympic Games
We have been appointed as the first ever Paralympic-only
sponsor, becoming a Tier One Partner of the London 2012
Paralympic Games.
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk
/illustratedreview
An illustrated review of Sainsbury’s during
the 2009/10 financial year is also online at
our corporate website or through the
direct website address above.
Corporate objectives
The Company’s strategy centres around five areas of focus. These areas are
underpinned by Sainsbury’s strong heritage and brand which consistently
sets it apart from major competitors.
1 Great food at fair prices
To build on and stretch the lead in food. By sharing
customers’ passion for healthy, safe, fresh and tasty
food, Sainsbury’s will continue to innovate and provide
leadership in delivering quality products at fair prices,
sourced with integrity.
2 Accelerating the growth of complementary
non-food ranges and services
To continue to accelerate the development of non-food
ranges and services following the principles of quality
and value and to provide a broader shopping experience
for customers.
3 Reaching more customers through
additional channels
To extend the reach of Sainsbury’s brand by
opening new convenience stores and developing
the online operations.
4 Growing supermarket space
To expand the Company’s store estate, actively seeking
and developing a pipeline of new stores and extending
the largely under-developed store portfolio to provide
an even better food offer while also growing space for
non-food ranges.
5 Active property management
The ownership of property assets provides operational
flexibility and the exploitation of potential development
opportunities will maximise value.
Over 19 million customer transactions on average every
week, a million more than last year
A 16.1 per cent market share in the UK, up by 0.2 per cent
on last year
Won more Quality Food Awards than any other retailer this
year, including seven wins from 15 categories for Value products
World’s largest retailer of Fairtrade goods by value
Over
19m
customer transactions on average every
week, a million more than last year
Complementary non-food grew three times faster than
food sales and the TU clothing range continued to be
the star performer
Our TU childrenswear range is now the seventh largest
in the UK market by volume
Doubled our clothing warehouse capacity to manage the
increasing demand for our clothing lines
Sainsbury’s Bank delivered strong growth, with operating
profit increasing to £19 million
51 Sainsbury’s convenience stores opened during 2009/10
Total convenience estate of 335 stores with plans to open
75 to 100 more in 2010/11
Groceries online business growing rapidly with sales up
just under 20 per cent, within reach of nearly 90 per cent
of UK households
Non-food online launched in July 2009, with over 8,000
products now available nationally
38 new supermarkets opened, including our largest store
in Northern Ireland at 70,000 sq ft
13 supermarkets extended
Added over 1.1 million gross sq ft of new space in total
(including convenience), an increase of 6.8 per cent
On track to meet our target of increasing gross space by
15 per cent over the two years to March 2011
Market value of our freehold property portfolio increased
to £9.8 billion
Up £2.3 billion on last year, including £0.7 billion of property
value created from investment and development activity
294 wholly-owned freehold and long leasehold stores,
of which 85 per cent have development potential
Two property joint ventures containing 43 supermarkets
3x
Complementary non-food grew three
times faster than food sales
Online up
20%
Online sales growing rapidly with
turnover up over 20 per cent
Added over
1.1m gross sq ft
of new space in total, including 38 new
supermarkets and 13 extensions
£9.8bn
Market value of freehold property
Business review
About Sainsbury’s
J Sainsbury plc was founded in 1869 and today operates a total
of 872 stores comprising 537 supermarkets and 335 convenience
stores. It jointly owns Sainsbury’s Bank with Lloyds Banking Group
and has two property joint ventures with Land Securities Group PLC
and The British Land Company PLC.
The Sainsbury’s brand is built upon a heritage of providing customers
with healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food. Quality and fair prices go
hand-in-hand with a responsible approach to business. Sainsbury’s
stores have a particular emphasis on fresh food and we strive
to innovate continuously and improve products in line with our
customer needs.
We now serve over 19 million customers a week and have a market
share of over 16 per cent. Our large stores offer around 30,000
products and we offer complementary non-food products and
services in many of our stores. An internet-based home delivery
shopping service is also available to nearly 90 per cent of UK
households. We employ 150,000 colleagues.
Contents
Annual Review
Business review
— Values and highlights
— Chairman’s statement
— Key financial performance indicators
— Operating review
— Corporate responsibility review
— Financial review
— Principal risks and uncertainties
Board of Directors
Operating Board
1
2
3
4
5
11
16
22
24
26
Governance
27
Directors’ report
29
Statement of corporate governance
33
Remuneration report
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 43
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
r
e
v
e
w
i
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
Financial summary
Sales (including VAT)
Sales (excluding VAT)
Underlying operating profi t
Underlying profit before tax
Profit before tax
Profit after tax
2009/10
£m
2008/09
£m
21,421 20,383
19,964 18,911
616
519
466
289
671
610
733
585
Underlying basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Full year dividend per share
23.9p
32.1p
14.2p
21.2p
16.6p
13.2p
Change
%
5.1
5.6
8.9
17.5
57.3
102.4
12.7
93.4
7.6
Notes
Like-for-like sales: Like-for-like sales are Easter-adjusted for comparative purposes. 2009/10 included a Good Friday trading
week and an Easter Sunday trading week. 2008/09 included an Easter Sunday trading week.
Underlying operating profit: Underlying profit before tax from continuing operations before underlying net fi nance costs
and share of underlying post-tax results from joint ventures.
As previously announced, Sainsbury’s has excluded the non-cash IAS 19 financing element from its underlying profi t
definition. The comparatives for all relevant underlying measures have been restated accordingly.
Underlying profit before tax: Profit before tax from continuing operations before any profit or loss on the sale of properties,
investment property fair value movements, impairment of goodwill, financing fair value movements, IAS 19 pension
financing element and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature.
Underlying basic earnings per share: Profit after tax from continuing operations attributable to ordinary shareholders
before any profit or loss on the sale of properties, investment property fair value movements, impairment of goodwill,
financing fair value movements, IAS 19 pension financing element and one-off items that are material and infrequent in
nature, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding those held by the
ESOP trusts, which are treated as cancelled.
‘Green to the Core?’ survey — Consumer Focus (formally known as the National Consumer Council) commissioned
independent marketing research agency, GfK NOP Ltd, to conduct in-store, helpline and website research during July 2009.
Sainsbury’s 16.1 per cent market share at March 2010 is based on Kantar World panel 52 week data (Total till roll, Share
of Grocers).
The property value of £9.8 billion has been estimated based on independent third party valuations as at March 2010
covering a representative sample of around 50 per cent of our freehold and long leasehold properties. The basis of
valuation is investment market value based on rent and yield, assuming sale and leaseback on the standard institutional
lease which the Company currently uses when transacting its disposals of mature assets.
Certain statements made in this announcement are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current
expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ
materially from any expected future events or results referred to in these forward-looking statements. They appear in a
number of places throughout the Annual Report and Financial Statements and include statements regarding our intentions,
beliefs or current expectations and those of our officers, directors and employees concerning, amongst other things,
our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the business we operate. Unless
otherwise required by applicable law, regulation or accounting standard, we do not undertake any obligation to update or
revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
Financial Statements
& additional information
Independent Auditors’ report to the
44
members of J Sainsbury plc
Group income statement
45
Statements of comprehensive income 46
47
Balance sheets
48
Cash fl ow statements
49
Statements of changes in equity
51
Notes to the fi nancial statements
103
Five year fi nancial record
104
Additional shareholder information
106
Financial calendar
107
Glossary
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
1
i
F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
&
a
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
h
g
i
l
i
h
g
h
d
n
a
s
e
u
a
V
l
Values and highlights
OUR GOAL
At Sainsbury’s we will deliver an ever improving quality shopping
experience for our customers with great products at fair prices.
We will exceed customer expectations for healthy, safe, fresh and
tasty food, making their lives easier every day.
As a leading food retailer
we focus on being
1. BEST FOR
FOOD AND
HEALTH
...that’s why we’re so
committed to...
2. SOURCING
WITH INTEGRITY
And because we source from around the world
and sell in the UK we have to show
3. RESPECT FOR OUR
ENVIRONMENT
...and play an active role
in the communities that we serve
4. MAKING A POSITIVE
DIFFERENCE TO OUR COMMUNITY
All this is possible through the commitment
of our colleagues so we make Sainsbury’s
5. A GREAT PLACE
TO WORK
Freefrom:
100
new and improved ‘Freefrom‘ lines making
the range 236 in total.
Be Good to Yourself: The ‘Be Good
to Yourself’ healthy food range was
relaunched in January 2010 with 60 new
and improved lines, bringing the total to
around 250 lines.
Fairtrade: With sales of over
£218 million,
we are the world’s largest retailer of
Fairtrade by value.
Development groups: During 2009/10
we extended Sainsbury’s successful
Development Group model to beef, pork,
poultry, lamb, cheese and egg suppliers.
Green to the Core:
‘A rating’
in the ‘Green to the Core?’ survey by
Consumer Focus.
Store environmental innovation: We continue
to lead on store environmental innovation
with our eco-store programme growing
larger in 2009/10 with new store openings.
Active Kids: To date we have donated over
£86 million
to schools and clubs.
Sport Relief: Customers and colleagues
helped us to donate a record £5 million for
Sport Relief 2010, more than doubling the
£2.3 million raised for Sport Relief 2008.
Over
£80 million
bonus payment will be shared between
127,000 colleagues.
‘You Can’: around 9,150 colleagues have
been provided with job opportunities, skills
and qualifi cations through our ‘You Can’
programme.
And that’s why we believe OUR VALUES MAKE US DIFFERENT
2
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Chairman’s statement
David Tyler, Chairman
The Board is pleased with the performance of Sainsbury’s over
the last year. We delivered good profit growth and underlying
earnings per share were up over 12 per cent. Our progress in
achieving strategic objectives has been very encouraging,
especially in increasing our selling space and widening the
range of our complementary non-food offer. At the same time,
the values of the organisation have continued to underpin
everything we do, with our continued focus on customer
service and responsible trading.
C
h
a
i
r
m
a
n
’
s
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Our colleagues
I was delighted to be invited to become Chairman of the
business last autumn and would first like to thank my
predecessor, Sir Philip Hampton, for the major contribution
he has made to Sainsbury’s during his five years at the
Company. Since 2005, sales have grown by around
£1 billion each year and profits have more than doubled.
My most significant observation since joining is associated
with our 150,000 colleagues. I have been hugely impressed
with their enthusiasm and their commitment to deliver
a great experience for our customers. They share
Sainsbury’s values and work well as a team. I would like to
thank them all for their hard work in the last 12 months and
their commitment over an extended period to ‘Making
Sainsbury’s Great Again’. As a result of their success,
colleagues have been able to earn a share of a record
bonus this year of over £80 million.
Market background
2009/10 was a year of recession in the UK. In this very
uncertain environment, consumers have naturally been
determined to shop around for more value. Some
commentators believed that Sainsbury’s would under-
perform in these conditions. However, our universal
customer appeal and flexibility in meeting customer needs
has enabled us to grow our market share and profi tability
during this period.
Our results
The commitment of our colleagues and our focus on
customers has been key to the delivery of another strong
set of results despite this challenging economic backdrop.
Underlying profit before tax for the year was up 17.5 per
cent to £610 million with underlying basic earnings per
share up 12.7 per cent to 23.9 pence. As a result of this
continued improvement in profitability, the Board is
recommending a final dividend of 10.2 pence per share,
making a full year dividend of 14.2 pence, an increase of
7.6 per cent over the previous year. This dividend is covered
1.68 times by underlying earnings in line with our policy for
dividend cover of 1.50 to 1.75 times.
Strategy and business model
Our strategy is based on five areas of focus which aim to
improve our profitability through universal customer
appeal and increased reach throughout the UK. Great food
at fair prices remains core to our heritage of offering
fresh, tasty and healthy food at a competitive price.
Our customers welcome our emphasis on freshness and
value and consequently we now serve over 19 million
customers a week which is one million more than last year.
Accelerating the growth of complementary non-food
ranges and services is a significant area of focus and
non-food sales are now growing at three times the rate of
food. We are reaching more customers through additional
channels by opening 51 new convenience stores and by
developing our online home delivery operation which is now
available to nearly 90 per cent of UK households. We also
successfully launched our non-food online business in the
year. Growing supermarket space has been fundamental
in helping us to grow market share to 16.1 per cent of the
UK grocery market. Our store pipeline has been built up
steadily over the last five years. This year we have
increased gross store space by 6.8 per cent and we are
on track to deliver 15 per cent growth in the two years to
March 2011. Active property management underpins our
strategy. The value of our freehold property estate is now
estimated at £9.8 billion, up £2.3 billion from last year.
Our values
2009/10 was an award-winning year with Sainsbury’s
voted the ‘Supermarket of the Year’ by the Retail Industry
Awards. We received recognition for our commitment to
excellent customer service and the outstanding quality of
our offer. Our customers expect us to trade responsibly
and ethically without compromising on quality or value.
We are proud to be the world’s largest retailer of Fairtrade
goods by value which reflects the importance we attach
to sourcing goods with integrity. We are also pleased to
have been awarded an industry-leading ‘A rating’ for our
customer engagement on green issues in the ‘Green to
the Core?’ survey, conducted by Consumer Focus.
Outlook
Sainsbury’s is a growing business with a strong balance
sheet, valuable property assets and an improving return
on capital. Our strong operating cash flows support our
plans to accelerate the investment programme, delivering
further trading and property value for shareholders.
While we expect that the environment will remain
challenging and consumer spending will be under pressure,
we believe our substantial space growth plans, supporting
our expanding food, non-food and convenience store
businesses, alongside our continued focus on productivity,
will enable the business to make further good progress.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
3
Key financial performance indicators
Like-for-like sales1 (%)
Total sales1 (%)
s
r
o
t
a
c
i
d
n
i
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
y
e
K
25
20
15
10
5
0
24.4
19.9
13.2
9.9.9.000
4.4.4.333
1yr LfL
2yr LfL
3yr LfL
2009/10
4yr LfL
5yr LfL
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
33.9
27.2
18.1
11.11.11.777
6.6.6.777
1yr
2yr
3yr
2009/10
4yr
5yr
Trading intensity per square foot2, 3 (£ per week)
Underlying EBITDAR4 (%)
2005/06 £18.40
2006/07 £19.30
2007/08 £19.69
2008/09 £20.01
2009/10 £20.42 up 2.0%
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
6.886.886.88
7.7.7.222333
7.49
7.62
7.79
Underlying operating margin5 (%)
Underlying profit before tax6 (£m)
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
2.22.2444
2.2
2.54
2.542.54
2005/06
2006/07
242424444
333333999
3.00
2007/08
3.26
2008/09
3.36
2009/10
434
519
610
Underlying basic earnings per share7 (pence)
Net capital expenditure8 (£m)
2005/06 9.5
2006/07
13.0
2007/08
17.4
2008/09 21.2
2009/10
23.9 up 12.7%
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
Pre-tax return on capital employed9 (%)
Operating cash flow (£m)
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
6.6.111
6.
7.7.777
7.
8.8
10.1
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
11.0
2009/10
363636111
636363111
799
862
915
787878000
838383000
998
1,206
1,206
Sales excluding fuel, including VAT.
Notes
1
2 Trading intensity per square foot: sales per week (including VAT, excluding fuel) divided by sales area excluding checkout space.
3 Adjusted for comparative purposes for the VAT change to 15 per cent between 1 December 2008 and 31 December 2009.
4 Underlying EBITDAR: underlying profit before tax from continuing operations before underlying net finance costs, underlying share of post-tax profit or loss from joint ventures, depreciation, amortisation and
rent, divided by sales excluding VAT including fuel.
5 Underlying operating margin: underlying profit before tax from continuing operations before underlying net finance costs and underlying share of post-tax profit or loss from joint ventures, divided by sales
excluding VAT, including fuel.
6 Underlying profit before tax: profit before tax from continuing operations before any profit or loss on the sale of properties, investment property fair value movements, impairment of goodwill, financing fair
value movements, IAS 19 pension financing element and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature.
7 Underlying basic earnings per share: profit after tax from continuing operations attributable to ordinary shareholders before any profit or loss on sale of properties, investment property fair value movements,
impairment of goodwill, financing fair value movements, IAS 19 pension financing element and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue during the period, excluding those held by the ESOP trusts, which are treated as cancelled.
8 Net capital expenditure: total capital expenditure including the investment in the British Land joint venture in 2008/09, less disposal proceeds.
9 Underlying profit before interest and tax, divided by the average of opening and closing capital employed (net assets before net debt).
4
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Operating review
Justin King, Chief Executive
Sainsbury’s has outperformed because we continue to lead on
providing healthy, fresh and tasty food with universal appeal.
Total sales, including VAT, excluding fuel, for the year were up
6.7 per cent and like-for-like sales were up 4.3 per cent. Like-for
like sales have grown cumulatively over five years by nearly 25 per
cent. Customers recognise the progress we have made in ‘Making
Sainsbury’s Great Again’ and we now serve on average over
19 million customers each week. That’s one million more than
last year and nearly five million more than five years ago.
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
e
w
i
Colleagues have worked hard to deliver operational
excellence resulting in better service and further
productivity savings which have contributed to
17.5 per cent growth in underlying profit before tax,
a good performance in difficult trading times. I am
delighted therefore that 127,000 colleagues will
share a bonus of over £80 million. Our success has
also meant that we have been able to invest over
£900 million in capital expenditure in the year. This
has added 1.1 million sq ft to our store estate, opening
or extending over 100 stores and creating over 6,500
new jobs with Sainsbury’s.
Good sales and profit performance: accelerating our growth strategy
Financial summary
• Total sales (including VAT, including fuel) up 5.1 per cent to £21,421 million (2008/09: £20,383 million)
• Total sales (including VAT, excluding fuel) up 6.7 per cent
• Like-for-like sales (including VAT, excluding fuel) up 4.3 per cent
• Underlying operating profit up 8.9 per cent to £671 million (2008/09: £616 million)
• Underlying profit before tax up 17.5 per cent to £610 million (2008/09: £519 million)
• Underlying basic earnings per share up 12.7 per cent to 23.9 pence (2008/09: 21.2 pence)
• Proposed full year dividend of 14.2 pence (2008/09: 13.2 pence), up 7.6 per cent
Statutory
• Profit before tax up 57.3 per cent to £733 million (2008/09: £466 million)
• Basic earnings per share up 93.4 per cent to 32.1 pence (2008/09: 16.6 pence)
Balance sheet and fi nancing
• Property value of £9.8 billion up £2.3 billion, £0.7 billion due to investment and development activity
• IAS 19 pension deficit post-tax at March 2010 of £303 million (March 2009: deficit post-tax of £222 million)
• Triennial March 2009 pension funding agreed — utilises property asset, post-tax cash fl ows unchanged
• Net debt of £1,549 million, ongoing funding secured on property, credit rating affirmed then withdrawn
Making Sainsbury’s Great Again
• Now over 19 million weekly customer transactions, up one million year-on-year
• ‘Supermarket of the Year’ in 2009 Retail Industry Awards
• Top marks in the Consumer Focus ‘Green to the Core?’ survey
• 127,000 colleagues share bonus of over £80 million
• Food: World’s largest retailer of Fairtrade; UK’s largest retailer of Freedom Food
• Non-food: Growing at three times the rate of food; Sainsbury’s Bank pre-tax operating profit of £19 million
• Channels: 51 new convenience stores; groceries online sales up just under 20 per cent
• Space: 1.1 million sq ft of gross new space added, including 38 new supermarkets
• On track for 2.5 million sq ft, or 15 per cent, of gross new space growth in two years to March 2011
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
5
i
w
e
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Operating review continued
Operating review
Since launching the ‘Making Sainsbury’s Great Again’
plan we have continued to grow the business and build
a strong foundation for growth. In what has been a
challenging consumer environment over the past year,
we have delivered good results and accelerated our
growth strategy.
Our business model has shown its resilience. We listened
to our customers and delivered an offer with genuine
universal appeal, enabling them to do their full weekly shop
with us, whatever their budget. This was recognised by
Sainsbury’s being awarded ‘Supermarket of the Year’ in
the 2009 Retail Industry Awards for the third time in four
years, where the judges acknowledged our clear customer
understanding and innovation in providing value without
compromising brand and quality standards.
Ever since John Sainsbury set up his first dairy shop in
1869, our values have made us different. They refl ect our
customers’ priorities and the way we want to work. Our
customers are demanding and want top quality purchases
at a fair price and to them quality includes social,
environmental and ethical concerns.
Trading summary
We have made strong progress on our strategic areas of
focus over the past year. We have grown store space and
expanded our product ranges. We are developing new
lines of business and distribution channels. We continue to
actively manage our property estate for long-term value.
Good sales performance has underpinned our success.
Total sales, including VAT, excluding fuel, increased by
6.7 per cent during the year and our like-for-like sales
were up 4.3 per cent, ahead of our three to four per cent
medium-term objective. We now serve over 19 million
customers each week, a million more than last year.
All areas of our business supported this sales growth.
Our non-food product range performed extremely well,
with sales growing three times as quickly as food and our
groceries online business grew by just under 20 per cent.
Convenience stores experienced strong underlying growth
and we made good progress in growing supermarket
space, with net new space contributing two per cent
to total sales growth.
We invest both to stay competitive on price and to improve
the quality of our offer. ‘Shop and Save’ communicates the
Company’s competitive pricing policy and
strong promotions. We have worked hard to
ensure that retail price inflation for our
customers remained lower than cost of goods
inflation through the year and have also
delivered great value promotions. ‘Switch and
Save’ helps customers to save at least 20 per
cent by choosing our equivalent own-label
standard products or more through choosing
‘basics’ products over leading brands and was
recognised as the consumer initiative of the
6
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
year in ‘The Grocer Gold Awards 2009’. ‘Cook and Save’
provides cooking ideas such as ‘Feed Your Family for a
Fiver’, one of our most successful campaigns to date.
Building customer loyalty is an important feature of our
business and we have increased the range and depth of
our engagement with customers through our unique
loyalty offer combining the Nectar loyalty scheme with
‘coupon at till’ technology. Our ‘Collect and Save’
campaign delivers a wide range of relevant and targeted
offers which our customers really value and over 100
suppliers are now signed up to the scheme. There are now
one million more Nectar users than last year and Nectar
has become the UK’s largest loyalty card scheme.
We also invest to deliver operational excellence. We have
again raised our performance in customer service and
product availability this year. We upgraded our IT
infrastructure to improve stock replenishment and
enhanced our ordering flexibility, thereby reducing
food waste.
Higher wages, energy prices and property costs pushed
cost inflation to the higher end of our two to three per cent
medium-term expectations. Cost-saving measures such
as self-checkout and bioptic scanners, amongst many
other initiatives, have offset over 75 per cent of this cost
inflation. In addition we continue to invest for the long
term with the expansion of our non-food infrastructure
and depot capacity, the launch of our non-food online
operation and a significant step-up in new space growth.
This year’s good sales performance was matched by
good growth in underlying operating profit with growth
of 8.9 per cent to £671 million. Increased sales and tight
cost control has improved our underlying operating
margin which rose by 10 basis points to 3.36 per cent.
We continue to invest in developing our business for
the future. We have invested over £900 million capital
expenditure in the year, adding a gross 1.1 million sq ft of
new space in line with our accelerated growth plans. This
included opening 38 new supermarkets and has helped to
create over 6,500 new jobs with Sainsbury’s. We expect to
achieve a pre-tax internal rate of return in excess of 15 per
cent on our current investment programme, with a further
£1.1 billion of capital expenditure earmarked for 2010/11.
Financial strength
Sainsbury’s is a strongly cash-generative business and
delivered an operating cash flow of £1.2 billion in the year.
Net debt reduced by £122 million in the year to £1,549
million (March 2009: £1,671 million).
We have strong asset backing from our freehold property
estate which has significant development potential. As at
20 March 2010, the estimated market value of our freehold
property assets was £9.8 billion, an increase of £2.3 billion
since last year.
Our efficient capital structure comprises debt that is
secured on our property assets and is low-cost and
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
e
w
i
Operating review continued
long-dated. Since the major refinancing of the business in
2006, Sainsbury’s has funded itself through the secured
debt market, supplemented by shorter-term bank credit
lines and has no rated unsecured debt instruments
outstanding. Following a review of funding requirements
we do not anticipate issuing unsecured capital markets
debt and as such the corporate rating is no longer needed.
Accordingly, and consistent with the strategy followed
by a number of other property-rich companies using
secured funding platforms, Sainsbury’s has withdrawn
its corporate family rating from Moody’s Investors Service
and its corporate credit rating from Standard & Poor’s.
This concludes the transition to an asset-backed funding
strategy initiated in 2006 and no material impact on the
cost or availability of debt is anticipated. The Group has
over £3 billion of available debt and facilities, which gives
us significant funding capacity both to support our current
activities and to realise our future ambitions.
As at 20 March 2010, the IAS 19 pension defi cit post-tax
was £303 million (March 2009: deficit of £222 million).
This reflects the fact that asset values have increased by
£900 million since March 2009, offset by a lower real
discount rate and revised mortality assumptions.
In May 2010, Sainsbury’s reached agreement with the
Company’s Pension Scheme Trustees on the terms of the
triennial actuarial valuation, which was struck at 21 March
2009, and related funding plan. The actuarial defi cit is
£1,227 million, with the increase from the last actuarial
deficit of £443 million (in March 2006) refl ecting that
asset values were taken at a low point in the cycle.
The funding plan represents a comprehensive package
of measures to address the deficit whilst ensuring effi cient
cash management for Sainsbury’s. We are utilising
property assets to address half of the deficit through the
establishment of a property-backed partnership, which
avoids locking in higher annual cash payments based on
depressed March 2009 asset values, and enables the
contributions agreed to be cash-neutral on a post-tax
basis over the next five years. The actuarial valuation
and related funding plan will be finalised in June 2010
and submitted to the Pensions Regulator.
Our Values Make Us Different
Underpinning our business are five key values, which we
believe set us apart from other retailers. They determine
our priorities to ensure that we conduct ourselves in an
honest, ethical, and therefore sustainable fashion. Our
commitment to values was recognised in November
2009 when Sainsbury’s was awarded top marks in the
Consumer Focus ‘Green to the Core?’ survey of leading
UK supermarkets for our customer engagement on
green issues.
As a leading food retailer, we seek to be the best for food
and health which is why we are committed to sourcing
our products with integrity. As we source from all over
the world to sell in the UK, we promote respect for our
environment and the communities in which we operate.
Our commitment to our values would not be possible
without the full support of our colleagues, making
Sainsbury’s a great place to work.
Being best for food and health was the founding principle
on which our business was built. Sainsbury’s very fi rst
store was established to improve the diet of poorer
Londoners through good quality, healthy eating. It is
common to all our food offerings and is fundamental in
sub-brands like ‘Freefrom’, ‘Be Good to Yourself’ and
‘Taste the Difference’. We promote healthy eating by
inspiring customers to cook via successful campaigns
such as ‘Feed your Family for a Fiver’ and simple recipe
‘tip cards’. Over 25 per cent of these contain at least one
portion of fruit or vegetables towards the recommended
‘five a day’ and half of the ideas on tip cards are rated
as ‘healthier’.
Sainsbury’s goes to great lengths to source with integrity.
We are committed to offering British products at their
best, when in season and when quality meets customers’
expectations. We are the world’s largest Fairtrade retailer
by value, providing financial and logistical support to
farmers to help them achieve Fairtrade status. One in
every four pounds spent on Fairtrade in the UK is spent
at a Sainsbury’s store. Our leadership in this area was
recognised by the South African president Jacob Zuma
when he toured our Greenwich supermarket during his
UK state visit in March 2010.
Our respect for the environment aligns with our
customers’ concerns. We recognise that in order to
seriously tackle climate change, we must work upstream
alongside our supply chain, as well as downstream with
our customers. Making it easier for our customers to
reduce, re-use and recycle goes a long way to making
a difference. Our ‘Make the Difference Day’ initiatives are
designed to have a big impact with a simple, easy-to-use
idea like our ‘Love Your Leftovers’ food container
giveaway. We gave away two million re-usable food
containers to help customers use their food leftovers
and thereby reduce food waste.
Initiatives to reduce waste, packaging and energy usage
have also been implemented which are environmentally
responsible as well as cost efficient. During 2009/10 we
reduced energy usage by two and a half per cent despite
over six per cent space growth, through our energy reset
programme. We are also the first supermarket to commit
to CO2 refrigeration, which is up to 3,000 times less
damaging than other refrigerants in global warming terms.
This is a pledge which will help us achieve our commitment
to cut our carbon footprint by a third by 2030.
Our stores are at the heart of the communities
they serve and through economic and social
impacts we aim to make a positive difference
to these communities. We actively get involved
in local organisations to promote a healthier
and more active lifestyle for people of all ages,
and each store is encouraged to select a local
charity and work together to make a real
difference for people in that community.
Nationally, our Active Kids programme helps
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
7
i
w
e
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Operating review continued
to give schools and nurseries access to sports equipment
and promote healthier lifestyles. Active Kids has now
raised £86 million towards sports and cooking equipment in
local schools, nurseries and clubs. We are also proud to
have raised over £5 million for Sport Relief during the year.
Earlier this month Sainsbury’s became the offi cial sponsor
of London 2012 Paralympic Games which complements
our commitment to promote healthy, fitter lifestyles across
all ages and abilities and will offer great opportunities for
our customers and colleagues to get involved.
Ensuring that Sainsbury’s is a great place to work builds
on our commitment to help improve the quality of life for
our colleagues. We were the first UK employer to offer
fl exible qualifications to our colleagues and since launching
‘You Can’ in 2008, over 9,000 colleagues have benefi ted
from our job-related qualification schemes. This year
we trained an additional 300 apprentices on our bakery,
meat and fish counters and we plan to continue to
develop our apprenticeships in many new stores. We are
the first supermarket to have launched a bakery college
which will take over 200 apprentices towards a level 2
NVQ qualification on the successful completion of the
apprenticeship. As a result of these and many more
initiatives in developing our people, our colleague
retention has improved signifi cantly year-on-year.
As a result of their success, 127,000 colleagues have
shared in a record bonus this year of over £80 million.
Accelerating our Growth — Five Areas of Focus
In 2007, we identifi ed five areas of focus for developing
our business and significant progress in each area has
contributed to our good performance. During 2009/10
we have accelerated our growth in these areas by
allocating additional capital and resources.
Great food at fair prices: To build on and stretch the lead
in food. By sharing our customers’ passion for healthy,
safe, fresh and tasty food, Sainsbury’s will continue to
innovate and provide leadership in delivering quality
products at fair prices, sourced with integrity.
Accelerating the growth of complementary non-food
and services: To accelerate the development of non-food
ranges and services, such as Sainsbury’s Bank, following
the same principles of quality, value and innovation and
to provide a broader shopping experience for customers.
Reaching more customers through additional channels:
To extend the reach of Sainsbury’s brand by opening new
convenience stores and developing our online businesses.
Growing supermarket space: To expand the Company’s
store estate, actively developing a pipeline of new stores
and extending the largely under-developed store portfolio
to provide an even better food offer while also growing
space for complementary non-food ranges.
Active property management: The ownership of
property assets provides operational flexibility and the
exploitation of potential development opportunities will
maximise value.
8
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
1 Great food at fair prices
We continually invest in the quality of our
food and no other food retailer does more
to provide its customers with fresh and
in-season British produce at fair prices.
Under our ‘Local First for Fresh’ scheme,
around 50 stores now take delivery from
local suppliers of new potatoes and strawberries
on the day they are harvested.
We continue to develop closer relations with
over 17,000 farmers and growers both at
home and overseas to help improve the
quality and value of the food they provide. Through
our ‘Field to Fork’ initiative we have been encouraging
suppliers to work together to share knowledge and
expertise and have extended our existing development
group for dairy farmers to beef, lamb, pork, cheese,
poultry and egg farmers.
Own-brand products are rigorously and independently
tested through quality sampling, benchmark testing and
customer panels. Products don’t reach our shelves unless
they are judged to be better than existing products. We
launched 1,300 new own-brand products this year and
improved a further 3,500. These efforts have not gone
unnoticed. Sainsbury’s won more Quality Food Awards
than any other retailer this year, including seven wins
from 15 categories for Value products.
Ethical issues remain high on our customers’ minds and
Sainsbury’s is proud to offer the largest range of ‘Freedom
Food’ that meets the RSPCA standards for higher welfare
in the UK. For the healthier-minded, we strive for great-
tasting food with a high nutritional value. We relaunched
our ‘Freefrom’ and ‘Be Good to Yourself’ ranges this year.
Our ‘Freefrom’ range for customers with wheat, gluten
and dairy intolerances now has over 100 new or improved
products and a market share of nearly 29 per cent, up
seven per cent on last year. ‘Be Good to Yourself’ was
relaunched in January 2010 with 60 new lines, with a focus
on taste and new product innovation. We now have around
250 lines in the range and have grown our market share
since launch to nearly 27 per cent.
In a year in which household budgets were under pressure,
several initiatives promoted value for money. We expanded
our entry-level ‘basics’ range with 140 new products last
year and now have over 700 products in the range which
meet our quality standards whilst saving customers
money. The range continues to deliver strong growth
and sales were up 25 per cent this year.
Our ‘Cook and Save’ campaign offers money-saving
tips to encourage scratch cooking. In the last 12 months
we have created over 100 different tip cards which are
a firm favourite with customers who collected over
40 million cards from stores during the year. Our
successful ‘Feed Your Family for a Fiver’ campaign
featured Jamie Oliver giving nutritious, tasty recipe
ideas using Sainsbury’s ingredients.
Operating review continued
2 Accelerating the growth of complementary
non-food and services
Supermarket operators currently account for less than
15 per cent of the £166 billion UK non-food market and
the scale of the opportunity is therefore considerable.
We compete with non-food retailers and our focus on
‘high street style’ at supermarket prices resonates
with customers.
Today, only around 20 per cent of the UK population live
within a 15-minute drive of one of our stores with a wider
15,000 sq ft plus non-food offer. Consequently, we are
stepping up plans for extensions and completed 13 larger,
more cost-effective extensions in the year. We have a
strong pipeline and expect to add 15 to 20 extensions
per year ongoing with 70 planning consents already
held. This will result in the proportion of the population
within a 15-minute drive time doubling to around 40 per
cent by 2014. When we extend a store it generates uplifts
in both food and non-food sales, becoming a destination
store for both product ranges, that customers will travel
longer to visit.
We are developing compelling non-food
ranges which are relevant and easy to
shop with clothing, home décor,
cookshop and papershop key areas of
focus. During the year our complementary
non-food business grew at three times
the rate of food and our TU clothing
range continued to be a star performer.
Ladieswear grew well with major
highlights on footwear, accessories and
lingerie. Childrenswear grew strongly
and we are now the seventh largest childrenswear
retailer in the UK market by volume.
General merchandise also enjoyed strong growth.
The January Sale drove significant sales increases in our
homeware ranges, with home accessories, cookshop and
bedding showing significant uplift. In Entertainment we
continue to grow market share. Launch events for ‘Harry
Potter’ and ‘Call of Duty’ helped to demonstrate that we
can take up to 25 per cent market share with targeted
and coordinated marketing on key items that also has
the effect of increasing customer visits to our stores.
Operationally, we have increased the volume of goods we
source directly from the Far East and we have opened a
new sourcing office in Shanghai to complement our main
operation in Hong Kong. We have established a second
clothing depot in Bedford to support our main depot in
Coventry, doubling our clothing warehouse capacity and
helping manage the increasing demand for our clothing
lines. An upgraded IT system, which helps us to control
our clothing stock more effectively, is now being extended
to handle all our non-food items.
Sainsbury’s Bank delivered strong growth despite
a challenging market. The launch of the new reward
campaign in September, offering customers double Nectar
points for two years on their Sainsbury’s shopping when
they take out a financial services product, demonstrates
the closer integration with our core business. Sainsbury’s
Bank customers spend more in our stores and customer
numbers have increased to 1.4 million active customer
accounts. We continue to win awards for our products
including two key industry awards for ‘Best Online Credit
Card Provider’ and ‘Best Direct Home Insurance Provider’
and are extending the range of financial services we offer
with, for example, travel money bureaux now becoming
a core in-store service with our one hundredth bureau
now open.
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
r
e
v
e
w
i
3 Reaching more customers through
additional channels
Convenience is the fastest-growing sector in the grocery
store market and a key growth area for Sainsbury’s.
The market is still not consolidated — the four largest
players have a combined share of less than 15 per cent
— representing a significant growth opportunity. We opened
51 convenience stores during 2009/10, adding 122,000 sq ft
of additional space, and now have a total estate of 335
stores with plans to open 75 to 100 more in 2010/11, and
then over 100 per year thereafter.
Our ‘food on the move’ and ‘neighbourhood’ formats
are working well, meeting customer needs for food
for now, later and top-up shopping. We continue to be
creative in the way we use all available space to provide
as comprehensive an offer as possible with our
convenience stores delivering good underlying growth.
Our groceries online business is also growing rapidly with
annual sales now over £500 million and the business is
delivering a positive contribution to profitability. We now
reach nearly 90 per cent of UK households and through
continued improvements in IT, supply chain and store-
picking processes we have achieved record service and
product availability metrics.
In July 2009, we successfully launched our non-food
online business with over 8,000 non-food products
available nationally. We will be introducing our ‘click
and collect’ service into ten trial stores from May 2010.
4 Growing supermarket space
In addition to our strong pipeline of extensions and
planned convenience store openings, we also have
significant opportunity to grow supermarket space.
Sainsbury’s currently has a 16.1 per cent market share
in the UK as a whole, up by 0.2 per cent on last year.
However, we are currently under-represented in many
areas of the country and this provides a real opportunity
for growth. Around 40 per cent of the UK population
does not live within a 10-minute drive of a Sainsbury’s
supermarket and we have started to close this gap.
During the year we opened 38 new supermarkets of
which around three quarters are in the areas where
we are currently under-represented. This included 33
stores (26 supermarkets and seven convenience stores)
acquired from Co-op/Somerfield of which 32 are currently
trading, with one due to open in the summer.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
9
Of the 294 supermarkets that we wholly own, 89 are on
the development plan, with a further 16 having potential
for mixed-use schemes. Of the remaining balance, 141 have
longer-term potential subject to planning, economic and
physical viability.
Sainsbury’s continues to monetise dry assets that have
been fully developed and to use these proceeds to invest
in stores with development potential. During the year
we generated proceeds from disposals of £153 million,
including the sale and leaseback of six supermarkets,
realising a total profit on disposal of £27 million.
i
w
e
v
e
r
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
Operating review continued
We operate a full range of store formats, from convenience
to larger destination stores which means we can be more
flexible with the space that we open whilst still ensuring
that all investments meet our strict investment hurdle
rate criteria. The combination of the 38 new supermarkets,
13 extensions and 51 new convenience stores has meant
that we have added over 1.1 million sq ft of gross new space
in the year, equivalent to a 6.8 per cent increase. This new
space is performing ahead of our expectations.
In 2010/11, we plan for a full year gross space growth of
around 8 per cent, fulfilling our growth plan of 15 per cent
in the two years to March 2011 which equates to 2.5 million
sq ft of additional selling area. We expect to achieve an
internal rate of return in excess of 15 per cent on our
current investment programme on a pre-tax basis.
5 Active property management
Ownership of our assets enables us to retain operational
flexibility while exploiting development opportunities and
maximising value for shareholders.
At 20 March 2010, the value of our freehold property
estate was estimated at £9.8 billion. This represents an
increase of £2.3 billion in property value since last year
of which £1.7 billion is due to a yield improvement but
importantly £0.7 billion is due to investment and
development activity we have undertaken, less £0.1 billion
in relation to the disposal of dry assets.
In total we wholly own 294 supermarkets and have
a 50 per cent share of the 43 stores in our property
joint ventures (“JVs”) and taken together this is equivalent
to 65 per cent of our total supermarket trading space.
Our estate comprises many well-located sites which are
relatively under-developed and therefore have great
potential for creating value through delivering trading
uplifts and also an increase in the overall property value.
We are working with our JV partners to maximise the
value of the 43 sites held in these JVs. 21 are on the
development plan, with a further 16 having longer-term
potential. There are also four potential mixed-use schemes
including Wandsworth, which is part of our JV with Land
Securities and for which we received planning approval for
a significant mixed-use scheme in March 2010. There are
two dry assets which may be candidates for disposal at
appropriate yields.
10
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
r
e
v
e
w
i
Corporate responsibility review
Commitments and progress
Value
Commitment
Progress
Best for Food and Health
Healthier baskets for
customers
We will make the most popular items in our
customers’ baskets healthier, focusing on
products that contribute the most saturated fat,
salt or sugar to the UK diet, to deliver a real
impact on the nation’s health.
Ongoing — we continue to make the
most popular items in our customers’
baskets healthier.
Sourcing with Integrity
Being best for British
We will source great-tasting British products when Achieved and Ongoing — we remain
committed to supporting UK farmers
in season, wherever these meet our customers’
and continue to source British
expectations for quality and authenticity.
products, both when in season and
in certain categories all year round.
Being number one
supermarket for animal
welfare
We will offer the widest range of higher welfare
products of any UK retailer.
Achieved — we offer both the widest
range of Freedom Food higher
welfare products and sell more
than any other UK retailer.
Sourcing responsibly
and ethically
We will be the largest UK retailer of Fairtrade
products (by sales value).
Achieved — we are now the world’s
largest retailer of Fairtrade by value.
Respect for our Environment
Reducing energy
We will reduce our CO2 emissions per square
metre by 25% by 2012, against a 2005/06
baseline.
Reducing packaging
We will reduce our own brand packaging
weight relative to sales, by 33% by 2015
against a 2009 baseline.
Reducing food waste
We will have all supermarkets and depots
connected to a zero food waste to landfi ll
programme by the end of 2009.
Ongoing — our commitment on
refrigeration, Eco-stores and
reset programme are helping us
to progress towards this target.
Ongoing — making progress both
incrementally through packaging
redesign and through packaging
innovation like milk bags.
Achieved — we now have all of our
supermarkets and depots connected
to a zero food waste to landfi ll
programme.
Reducing waste
We will have all supermarkets and depots
connected to a zero waste to landfi ll programme
for operational waste by the end of 2010.
Ongoing — making progress by using
our back-hauling process more
efficiently and ISO14001 at depots.
Making a Positive Difference to our Community
Generating a positive
economic impact on
communities
We will provide 6,500 new Sainsbury’s jobs in
2009/10, through our planned opening of 28
supermarkets and 55 new convenience stores.
Achieved — over 6,500 new
Sainsbury’s jobs were created by
opening 38 new supermarkets and
51 new convenience stores.
Supporting local
communities
We will launch our Local Charity of the Year
scheme, linking every store, Sainsbury’s depot
and our support centres to a local charity
partner each year.
Achieved — we have supported
over 750 local charities through
the scheme this year and donated
over £1 million to local charities.
A Great Place to Work
Supporting the
development of
our colleagues
We will provide over 10,000 colleagues with job
opportunities, skills and qualifi cations through
our ‘You Can’ programme by 2010.
Ongoing — we are making progress
against our target of providing 10,000
colleagues with job opportunities,
skills and qualifications through ‘You
Can’. To date, around 9,150 colleagues
have taken part in ‘You Can’.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
11
i
w
e
v
e
r
y
t
i
l
i
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
Corporate responsibility review continued
An award-winning year for Corporate Responsibility at Sainsbury’s
9 10
Dow Jones Sustainability Index 2009/10
We are proud to be recognised as the global industry
leader in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index 2009/10.
IGD Food Industry Award
Tetra Pak Environmental Sustainability Award for
Sainsbury’s Dairy Development Group.
FTSE4Good Index
We continue to be included in the FTSE4Good Index,
in recognition of our management of environmental,
social and ethical issues.
BITC CR Index — Platinum status award
For the 2nd year running we are Platinum members of the
BITC CR Index for our commitment to responsible retailing.
Consumer Focus ‘Green to the Core?’
‘A rating’ in a survey of UK leading supermarkets
by Consumer Focus.
RSPCA Good Business Awards
Most improved supermarket (widest range
of Freedom Food labelled products).
CBI Human Capital Award
We won the ‘People’s Organisation’ award for our
broad-ranging HR and people-management excellence.
Fairtrade
World’s largest retailer of Fairtrade by value.
Carbon Trust Standard
Recognition of our supermarket division’s reduction
of CO2 year-on-year.
Freedom Food
Largest UK retailer of Freedom Food both
by value and range.
With an average of over 19 million customer transactions
each week, almost 150,000 colleagues and in excess of
2,000 suppliers, Sainsbury’s has a real impact on the
economy, environment and society. Sainsbury’s values
underpin our goal to provide healthy, safe, fresh and tasty
food at fair prices. These values are at the heart of our
business; they determine our priorities and ensure that
we conduct ourselves in an honest, ethical, and therefore
sustainable manner. As a leading food retailer we focus on
being the ‘best for food and health’ which is why we are
committed to ‘sourcing with integrity’. As we source from
all over the world to sell in the UK we aim to always show
‘respect for our environment’ and play an active role in
the communities we serve ‘making a positive difference
to our community’. All this is possible through the
commitment of our colleagues so that Sainsbury’s is
‘a great place to work’.
Our values are an integral part of the way we do business
at Sainsbury’s. This is reflected in our corporate
responsibility governance structure whereby members
of our Operating Board have responsibility for each of
our five values and sit on our Corporate Responsibility
Steering Group.
Corporate Responsibility
Governance Structure
J Sainsbury
plc Board
David Tyler,
Chairman
CR committee
Established January 2007
Meets twice annually
Anna Ford, Chair
Non-Executive Director
CR steering group
Established 2001, Meets quarterly
Justin King, Chair, Chief Executive
Best for food and health
Gwyn Burr, Customer Director
Sourcing with integrity
Mike Coupe, Trading Director
Respect for our environment
Neil Sachdev, Commercial Director
Health
Steering Group
Brand Governance
Steering Group
Environment
Steering Group
Making a positive difference to our community
Roger Burnley, Retail and Logistics Director
Community
Steering Group
A great place to work
Imelda Walsh, Human Resources Director
A Great Place to Work
Steering Group
12
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
r
e
v
e
w
i
Corporate responsibility review continued
Customers and stakeholders trust the company to act
responsibly on their behalf. They also look to Sainsbury’s
to take the lead in encouraging people to shop with
the environment and ethics in mind. Throughout the
challenging economic environment, customers have told
us that ethical and environmental issues are important
to them. Therefore, whilst customers have demanded
better value from their purchases this is not at the
expense of the environment or society.
Little Ones launch: Our ‘Little Ones’ baby and toddler
club, launched in October 2009, aims to provide parents of
children aged zero to four years with targeted, nutritional
advice and recipes through direct mail and a fully interactive
website. All of the 180+ recipes are approved by the British
Nutrition Foundation and our online experts such as
Dr Dawn Harper and nutritionist Sara Stanner, give the
300,000 registered users comprehensive health and
nutrition advice.
Sainsbury’s publishes an extensive Corporate Responsibility
report that covers our five values in more detail and this
is available at www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/cr. We have reported
on Corporate Responsibility in some form since 1996,
when we were the first UK food retailer to publish an
Environment report.
Best for Food and Health
Our goal is to offer our customers great quality food at
fair prices and as a leading food retailer, we are committed
to being ‘Best for food and health’. Our approach is to
help and inspire customers to eat a healthy, balanced diet
by promoting healthy eating and active lifestyles. It’s not
only about making healthy, high quality and tasty food
easily available in our stores, but it’s about having clear
and straightforward labelling that helps people make more
informed choices. We were the first UK retailer to apply
front-of-pack Multiple Traffic Light labelling to all
relevant products, making it easier for customers to
make healthy choices at a glance.
We recognise that customers are still conscious about
price, which is why we also focus on making healthy
food affordable and inspiring customers to cook and
‘try something new today’. Through our initiatives such
as ‘Feed Your Family for a Fiver’ and the ‘Try Team’
we continue to help customers cook on a budget and
encourage them to waste less food through initiatives
such as ‘Love Your Leftovers’ and ‘Make the Most of
your Roast’ tip cards.
Highlights from the year include:
Be Good to Yourself: The ‘Be Good to Yourself’ healthy
food range was relaunched in January 2010 with 60 new
and improved lines bringing the total to around 250 lines.
Market share (Kantar Worldpanel February 2010; 52 week)
was up one per cent on last year, to nearly 27 per cent.
Freefrom: The ‘Freefrom’ range was relaunched in February
2010 with over 100 new and improved lines making 236 in
total. Market share (Nielsen February 2010; 52 week) was
up 6.8 per cent on last year, to nearly 29 per cent.
Tip cards: Over the last 12 months, our customers have
collected over 40 million tip cards. Over 25 per cent of
these recipes contain at least one portion of fi ve-a-day
and 50 per cent feature healthier recipes (i.e. only green
or amber traffi c lights). We now have at least two tip
cards in every set of 12 aimed specifically for kids,
thereby catering even more for families.
Sourcing with Integrity
‘Sourcing with integrity’ is central to our ability to deliver
great products at fair prices. In practice it means working
with our suppliers to ensure the sustainability of our
products in the round, taking into consideration their
economic, environmental and social impacts. We are
committed to offering British products at their best,
when in season and when the quality meets customers’
expectations. For example we sell more British apples
and pears than any other retailer in the UK. We have
a long history of supporting British farmers and helping to
raise capability and skills to create sustainable businesses
and long-term relationships.
Sainsbury’s also recognises the value it brings to communities
in developing countries. Through our position as the
world’s largest retailer of Fairtrade products we know
that we make a positive impact by not only providing
trade but also through the payment of social premiums to
local communities that improve schools, healthcare and
local infrastructure amongst other projects. Last year
Sainsbury’s customers helped us to pay $16 million in
social premiums. We also provide financial and logistical
support to farmers in Africa and elsewhere to help them
achieve Fairtrade accreditation.
We are committed to promoting high standards of
animal welfare, as we know this is a key concern for our
customers. We are proud that not only do we sell more
high welfare ‘freedom food’ products than anyone else
but we also stock the largest range. Sainsbury’s also offer
the largest range of fi sh certified by the MSC in the UK.
The MSC certification programme for sustainable and
well-managed fisheries assures the highest standards of
fish sustainability practices. We recognise that we have
a responsibility to use natural resources sustainably and
through our commitments to sustainable palm oil, Forest
Stewardship Council (“FSC”) timber and improved water
management we minimise the impact of our products on
the environment.
Highlights from the year include:
Fairtrade: With sales of over £218 million, we are the
world’s largest retailer of Fairtrade by value. This
leadership along with our green credentials prompted
the first state visit to a supermarket by South African
president Jacob Zuma.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
13
i
w
e
v
e
r
y
t
i
l
i
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
r
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
Corporate responsibility review continued
Freedom Food and MSC fi sh: We are the largest retailer
of Freedom Food meat and fish in the UK and offer
the largest range of own-brand MSC fi sh, illustrating
our strong commitment to sourcing sustainable fi sh
and promoting high animal welfare.
Change Strategy divides the business into three elements:
Our Operations, Our Products, Our Customers. Our
approach is to reduce the environmental impact of our
operations and our products and help our customers
be more environmentally responsible.
Development groups: During 2009/10 we extended
Sainsbury’s successful Development Group model to
beef, pork, poultry, lamb, cheese and egg suppliers.
Our first group, the Dairy Development Group helps
our dairy farmers implement efficiencies to become
more competitive businesses. The group pioneered
a carbon footprinting model which has the potential
to reduce farmers’ energy costs and reduce farmers’
carbon footprint.
Sustainable palm oil: Ranked number one out of
59 European retailers in the World Wildlife Fund
Sustainable Palm Oil Buyers Scorecard. The scorecard
ranks companies’ commitment to buying and using
sustainable palm oil, ultimately linked to deforestation
of the rainforest. We were the first retailer to buy
sustainable palm oil last year and it is committed
to only using sustainable palm oil in its own brand
products by 2014.
Respect for our Environment
At Sainsbury’s we take environmental issues seriously.
We aim to be environmentally responsible in the way we
run our business and we also want to make it easy for
customers to be environmentally responsible. Climate
change represents one of the greatest challenges we
face, both as a business and as a global population. As
a UK retailer, we source products from all over the world.
We take a long-term view of our environmental impact and
are committed to reducing our carbon footprint, as well as
managing the use of precious resources in a responsible
manner. We recognise that tackling the issue involves
addressing both our direct and indirect impacts. We are
working hard to reduce our operational footprint and
continue to develop a better understanding of the carbon
embodied in our products and in the construction of our
buildings. We are the UK’s first retailer to make a fi rm
commitment to phase out harmful gases from our
refrigeration. All of our fridges will be switched to
environmentally friendly CO2 technology, which will
cut our store carbon footprint by one third by 2030.
Sainsbury’s champions the ‘Reduce, Re-use, Recycle’
approach both to minimise waste from its operations
as well as helping customers reduce waste in the home,
for example by packaging reduction and providing clear
recycling advice both on pack and in-store. We now
have all of our stores connected to our zero food
waste to landfi ll programme, which results in food waste
going to Anaerobic Digestion or creating energy from this
waste. During the year we have developed a new Climate
Change Strategy which has further refined our strategy
for managing our environmental impact. The Climate
Highlights from the year include:
Green to the Core: We received an industry-leading
‘A rating’ in the ‘Green to the Core?’ survey by
Consumer Focus. This report assessed supermarkets’
performance on making ‘green’ shopping easier. We ranked
well on engagement with our customers on green issues
and our “excellent sustainable farming and fi sh policies,
with a high proportion of sustainable products available”.
Environmental stores: We continue to lead in store
environmental innovation with our eco-store programme
growing larger in 2009/10 with store openings at
Westhoughton, Dursley, Gloucester Quays and a
convenience store in Bath. Through these we have
commissioned Europe’s first biomass generator,
created bee hotels and opened the UK’s fi rst carbon
negative extension at Durham.
Reducing packaging: Through a number of packaging
innovations, such as switching canned chopped tomatoes
to FSC-certified Tetra Pak and the launch of milk bags
that have 75 per cent less packaging compared to plastic
bottles, we are on track to meet our corporate target of
a 33 per cent reduction in packaging by sales by 2015.
Supporting customers: We launched a number of
initiatives during the year making it easier for customers
to be more environmentally responsible. For example, we
were the first UK retailer to invest in electric vehicle
charge points at 11 of our stores in London; this is now
being extended to our remaining London stores. We also
announced the world’s largest fleet of electric vans for
our online deliveries.
Making a Positive Difference to our Community
Our stores are at the very heart of the communities they
serve. For us this is not only about providing great service
and quality products. It’s also about making a positive
difference to our communities and being a good neighbour.
With almost 150,000 colleagues throughout the UK, we are
a major contributor to local employment. Whilst we clearly
have a significant economic impact, as one of the major
local employers, of equal and increasing importance is
the social impact we have on local communities. When
developing plans for new stores or store improvement
programmes, we always engage and consult with members
of the local community, council and key stakeholders and
they consider our local community activities as a key point
of difference from other retailers. By engaging fully with
the communities in which we operate we ensure our stores
mirror and reflect the local community and are at the
hub of the communities they serve. We support local
communities through programmes such as local charity
14
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
r
e
v
e
w
i
Highlights from the year include:
‘You Can’: ‘You Can’ is our umbrella brand for the work we
are doing to open Sainsbury’s to a wider range of new
recruits, and help our colleagues to develop new skills.
These range from offering apprenticeships, to job-related
qualifications, to more general ‘Skills for Life’. We are
making progress against our target of providing 10,000
colleagues with job opportunities, skills and qualifi cations
through ‘You Can’. To date, over 9,150 colleagues have
taken part in ‘You Can’.
Bakery college: We launched the UK’s fi rst supermarket
bakery college representing a significant investment in
training and skills to help develop the next generation of
bakers. The college will take over 200 apprentices toward
a level 2 NVQ qualification on the successful completion
of the apprenticeship.
Colleague bonus: 127,000 colleagues will earn a share of
a bonus payment of over £80 million this year bringing
the total amount paid out over the last five years to over
£290 million. The bonus scheme is linked to the delivery
of great service and product availability as well as overall
sales and profi t measures.
Apprenticeships: We trained 300 apprentices for our
bakery, butcher and fish counters and we plan to have
apprentices in all our main stores.
Corporate responsibility review continued
partnerships, food donation schemes, Comic Relief and
Sainsbury’s Active Kids.
We aim to be known as ‘More than a Store’ through the
offering of our space and facilities to be used by the local
community. We encourage community groups to use our
stores as a meeting place and a number of groups meet
and run events ranging from scouts meetings to speed
dating for the elderly. We have also trialled hosting
community meetings in our stores giving key groups
within the community the opportunity to work with
each other and discuss and support the needs of the
community. We plan to extend this further in 2010/11.
Highlights from the year include:
Local charity partnerships: We support over 750 local
charities through colleague and customer fundraising and
volunteering. We now have all of our stores, depots and
support centres linked to local charities.
Sport Relief: Customers and colleagues helped us to
donate a record £5 million for Sport Relief 2010, more
than doubling the £2.3 million raised for Sport Relief 2008.
Active Kids: Over 43,000 schools and clubs have registered
to our 6th Active Kids scheme. To date we have donated
over £86 million to schools and clubs.
Job creation: During 2009/10 we generated around
6,500 new Sainsbury’s jobs by opening 38 new
supermarkets and 51 new convenience stores across the
UK, meeting our 2009/10 target. This was in addition to
the 15,500 temporary jobs we created over Christmas
2009 to manage increased trade over the holiday season.
A Great Place to Work
Being ‘A great place to work’ is rooted in Sainsbury’s
heritage and values. It also plays a crucial role in achieving
our business goals. We rely on our colleagues to deliver
great service to our customers every single day.
We are committed to championing equality, diversity,
inclusion and flexible working options for our colleagues.
We remain committed to recruiting, retaining and
engaging the best people, from backgrounds that
reflect the communities we serve. We believe that every
colleague, no matter where they work or the role they
perform, should be encouraged to develop and make best
use of their skills.
We value the opinions of our colleagues and we communicate
honestly with them. We also believe in recognising and
rewarding our colleagues for the vital part they play in
making Sainsbury’s a great place to work. All these things
are important, whatever the economic climate; in an
economic downturn they’re more vital than ever.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
15
Financial review
i
w
e
v
e
r
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F
i
Darren Shapland, Chief Financial Offi cer
Sainsbury’s has performed well in what remains
a challenging economic environment, continuing
to develop its offer and invest for the future whilst
delivering its growth strategy and maintaining
the strength of its balance sheet. This leaves the
company well placed to deliver sustainable growth
into the coming year and beyond.
Sales (including VAT) increased by 5.1 per cent to
£21,421 million (2008/09: £20,383 million). Underlying
profit before tax, which now excludes the IAS 19 pension
financing element, improved by 17.5 per cent to £610
million (2008/09: £519 million). Profit before tax was up
57.3 per cent, at £733 million (2008/09: £466 million),
supported by the surplus on the revaluation of properties
within joint ventures.
Underlying basic earnings per share increased to
23.9 pence (2008/09: 21.2 pence), up 12.7 per cent.
The rate of increase was lower than at an underlying
profit before tax level due to the small dilutive effect
of the 78.1 million shares issued in June 2009. Basic
earnings per share increased by 93.4 per cent, to
32.1 pence (2008/09: 16.6 pence), more than the
increase in underlying earnings per share primarily
due to the revaluation of properties within the joint
ventures. A final dividend of 10.2 pence has been
recommended by the Board (2008/09: 9.6 pence)
making a full year dividend of 14.2 pence per share,
up 7.6 per cent year-on-year (2008/09: 13.2 pence).
Summary income statement
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Sales (including VAT)1
Sales (excluding VAT)
Underlying operating profi t
Underlying net fi nance costs2
Underlying share of post-tax profit from joint ventures3
Underlying profit before tax4
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing (charge)/credit
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the fi nancial period
Underlying basic earnings per share4
Basic earnings per share
Full year dividend per share
2009/10
£m
2008/09
£m
21,421
20,383
Change
%
5.1
19,964
18,911
671
(79)
18
610
27
123
(15)
(24)
12
733
(148)
585
616
(113)
16
519
57
(124)
(10)
24
-
466
(177)
289
23.9p
32.1p
14.2p
21.2p
16.6p
13.2p
5.6
8.9
30.1
12.5
17.5
n/a
n/a
(50.0)
n/a
n/a
57.3
16.4
102.4
12.7
93.4
7.6
1 Sales (including VAT) were adversely affected by the reduction in the standard rate of VAT from 17.5 per cent to 15 per cent, effective from 1 December 2008 to 31 December 2009.
2 Net finance costs before financing fair value movements and the IAS 19 pension fi nancing element.
3 The underlying share of post-tax profits from joint ventures is stated before investment property fair value movements and financing fair value movements.
4 Restated for the change in definition of underlying profit before tax to exclude the IAS 19 pension fi nancing element.
16
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
i
F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
r
e
v
e
w
i
Financial review continued
Sales (including VAT) and space
Sales (including fuel) increased by 5.1 per cent to £21,421
million (2008/09: £20,383 million) through a combination
of strong like-for-like (“LFL”) performance and new space,
offset by the impact of slightly lower fuel prices largely as
a result of the change in VAT rate.
The 5.1 per cent growth includes a 0.3 per cent impact
from the timing of Easter in 2009 and a 1.8 per cent
contribution from net new space. LFL sales (including
fuel) were up 3.0 per cent, lower than for sales excluding
fuel due to the impact of slightly lower fuel prices.
Sales growth (including VAT, including fuel)
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Like-for-like sales (Easter-adjusted)
Addition/(removal) of Easter adjustment1
Net new space (excluding extensions)
Total sales growth
2009/10
%
2008/09
%
3.0
0.3
1.8
5.1
5.5
(0.7)
0.9
5.7
1
Like-for-like sales growth has been Easter-adjusted for comparative purposes. 2008/09 included one Easter Sunday trading week. 2009/10 included one Good Friday trading week and one Easter Sunday
trading week.
Sales (excluding fuel) grew by 6.7 per cent with LFL growth
of 4.3 per cent, of which 0.7 per cent was contributed by
extensions in their first year of trading, net of disruptions.
The LFL growth rate was above Sainsbury’s medium-term
planning assumption of between three and four per cent
representing a good performance in tough economic
conditions, with good growth in customer transactions
across the year.
The LFL growth was 5.7 per cent in the first half and
2.8 per cent in the second half, reflecting the reduction
in food inflation in the latter part of the year. Within this
good growth, non-food sales grew at more than three
times the rate of grocery growth and groceries online
sales increased by just under 20 per cent.
Sales growth (including VAT, excluding fuel)
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Like-for-like sales (Easter-adjusted)
Addition/(removal) of Easter adjustment1
Net new space (excluding extensions)
Total sales growth
2009/10
%
2008/09
%
4.3
0.4
2.0
6.7
4.5
(0.8)
1.0
4.7
1
Like-for-like sales growth has been Easter-adjusted for comparative purposes. 2008/09 included one Easter Sunday trading week. 2009/10 included one Good Friday trading week and one Easter Sunday
trading week.
New space (excluding extensions) contributed a net 2.0 per
cent to total sales growth of 6.7 per cent (excluding fuel).
Sainsbury’s added a gross 1,143,000 sq ft of selling area,
an increase of 6.8 per cent since the start of the year.
Including the impact of replacements, closures and disposals,
this translated into net space growth of 1,047,000 sq ft, an
increase of 6.3 per cent since the start of the year.
Sainsbury’s has increased the pace of property activity this
year with 38 new supermarkets opening during the year,
including three replacement stores. These openings have
allowed Sainsbury’s to increase its representation in
Scotland, Wales and South West England, with over 75 per
cent of the new space added in these areas. In addition,
Sainsbury’s has also completed 13 supermarket extensions
and a further 41 refurbishments in the year.
Sainsbury’s acquired 33 stores from the Co-op and
Somerfield in the year, of which 25 are now trading as
supermarkets and seven as convenience stores. These
have generated an additional 320,000 sq ft of new space,
included in the total above. The remaining store will open
in summer 2010 and trade as a supermarket.
In the convenience estate, Sainsbury’s opened 51 new
stores, representing a significant increase on the 16 stores
opened in 2008/09, disposed of six stores and extended
or refurbished eight stores.
Gross space growth of around eight per cent is expected
in 2010/11, completing growth of 15 per cent in the two
years to March 2011. Net new store space excluding
extensions is expected to contribute 2.5 per cent to total
sales growth (excluding fuel) in 2010/11.
Store numbers and retailing space
As at 21 March 2009
New stores
Replacements/disposals/closures
Extensions/downsizes/refurbishments
As at 20 March 2010
Memorandum:
Extensions
Refurbishments/downsizes
Total projects
Supermarkets
Number
Supermarkets
Area
000 sq ft
Convenience
Number
Convenience
Area
000 sq ft
502
38
(3)
-
537
15,974
758
(86)
263
16,909
13
41
54
226
37
263
290
51
(6)
-
335
2
6
8
729
122
(10)
-
841
2
(2)
-
Total
Number
792
89
(9)
-
Total
Area
000 sq ft
16,703
880
(96)
263
872
17,750
15
47
62
228
35
263
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
17
i
w
e
v
e
r
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F
i
Financial review continued
Underlying operating profi t
Underlying operating profit increased by 8.9 per cent to
£671 million (2008/09: £616 million) reflecting the strong
sales performance and a 10 basis point improvement in
underlying operating margin to 3.36 per cent for the
year (2008/09: 3.26 per cent). The underlying rate of
improvement was consistent across the first half and the
second half of the year after adjusting for fl uctuations in
fuel prices.
Underlying EBITDAR margin has improved 17 basis points
to 7.79 per cent for the year (2008/09: 7.62 per cent).
The rate of improvement is higher than at an operating
profit level due to the increased lease costs arising from
the disposal of supermarket assets which have no further
development potential.
Sainsbury’s has driven operational gearing from higher
sales volumes and the delivery of cost effi ciency savings
which have offset over 75 per cent of total cost infl ation
as well as supporting sustained investment in the customer
offer. Cost inflation in 2010/11 is expected to fall at the
lower end of the two to three per cent medium-term range,
with cost savings expected to fully offset this infl ation.
Underlying operating profi t
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
2009/10
2008/09
Change
Underlying operating profi t (£m)1
Underlying operating margin (%)2
Underlying EBITDAR (£m)3
Underlying EBITDAR margin (%)4
671
3.36
1,555
7.79
616
3.26
1,441
7.62
8.9%
10 bps
7.9%
17 bps
1
Underlying earnings before interest and tax and before Sainsbury’s share of post-tax profi ts
from joint ventures.
2 Underlying operating profit divided by sales excluding VAT.
3 Underlying operating profit before rent, depreciation and amortisation.
4 Underlying EBITDAR divided by sales excluding VAT.
Sainsbury’s Bank joint venture (“JV”)
Sainsbury’s Bank has made further good progress,
generating a pre-tax operating profit of £19 million
(2008/09: £13 million). Sainsbury’s 50 per cent equity
share of the post-tax profit amounted to £7 million for
the year (2008/09: £4 million).
The business has increased profitability through a rise
in net interest income, strong cost control and good risk
management of bad debts. Sainsbury’s Bank continues
to lend prudently to higher credit scoring customers and
successfully build its revenue sources with a clear focus
on the Sainsbury’s shopper across banking, insurance
services and transaction fees. It has a strong and well
capitalised balance sheet.
The Sainsbury’s Bank JV is expected to contribute
a similar year-on-year step-up in profits in 2010/11.
Property joint ventures
Sainsbury’s total underlying share of post-tax profi t from
its JVs with British Land and Land Securities was £11
million for the year (2008/09: £12 million), slightly down
on last year as a result of the full-year effect of additional
debt within the Land Securities JV.
Profits from property JVs are expected to deliver
a broadly similar result in 2010/11.
18
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
At the year end, a total surplus on the revaluation of the
properties of £123 million (2008/09: a deficit of £124 million)
has been recognised within the share of post-tax profi ts
from JVs in the income statement. This represents an
increase on revaluation of these properties to an average
yield of 5.2 per cent (2008/09: 6.2 per cent).
Underlying net fi nance costs
Underlying net finance costs decreased by £34 million
to £79 million (2008/09: £113 million) mainly as a result
of the decrease in the RPI rate, which resets annually in
February, lowering the cost of Sainsbury’s infl ation-linked
debt, as well as reduced variable interest costs and tight
control of working capital. In line with the change in the
definition of underlying profit before tax (“UPBT”), the
IAS 19 pension financing element has been removed
from underlying net fi nance costs.
Interest cover was 8.7 times (2008/09: 5.6 times,
restated for the change in UPBT definition to remove
the IAS 19 pension financing element). Fixed charge
cover was 2.3 times (2008/09: 2.1 times).
Sainsbury’s expects underlying net finance costs in 2010/11
to increase by around £25 million due to the change in
interest rates on RPI-linked debt.
Underlying net fi nance costs1
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Underlying fi nance income
Interest costs
Capitalised interest
Underlying fi nance costs
Underlying net fi nance costs
2009/10
£m
2008/09
£m
33
28
(127)
15
(112)
(79)
(156)
15
(141)
(113)
1
Finance income/(costs) before financing fair value movements and IAS 19 pension
fi nancing element.
Taxation
The income tax charge for the year was £148 million
(2008/09: £177 million), with an underlying tax rate of
28.5 per cent (2008/09: 29.1 per cent) and an effective
tax rate of 20.2 per cent (2008/09: 38.0 per cent). The
underlying tax rate has remained broadly in line with last
year and remains slightly higher than the statutory rate
due to disallowable depreciation, offset by the resolution
of a number of other outstanding items. Disallowable
depreciation amounted to £77 million in 2009/10 (2008/09:
£73 million). The effective tax rate is lower than in 2008/09
primarily due to the movement in the joint venture property
valuations which are not subject to tax.
Underlying tax rate calculation
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Profit before tax
Less: profit on sale of properties
Less: investment property fair
value movements
Add: financing fair value movements
Add: IAS 19 pension fi nancing element
Less: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Underlying profit before tax
Profi t
£m
733
(27)
(123)
15
24
(12)
610
Rate
%
20.2
Tax
£m
(148)
(15)
-
(4)
(7)
-
(174)
28.5
The Group expects the underlying tax rate to be
between 30 per cent and 31 per cent in 2010/11.
Financial review continued
Earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share increased by 12.7
per cent to 23.9 pence (2008/09: 21.2 pence). The rate
of increase reflects the improvement in underlying profi t
after tax attributable to equity holders partially offset
by the small dilutive effect of the additional 78.1 million
shares issued as part of the equity placing in June 2009.
Basic earnings per share were up 93.4 per cent, at
32.1 pence (2008/09: 16.6 pence), more than the
increase in underlying earnings per share primarily
due to the surplus on joint venture property valuations.
Underlying earnings per share calculation
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
2009/10
pence
2008/091
pence
Basic earnings per share
Adjustments (net of tax) for:
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing element
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Underlying basic earnings per share
32.1
16.6
(2.3)
(6.7)
0.6
0.9
(0.7)
23.9
(2.1)
7.1
0.5
(0.9)
21.2
1
Restated for the change in definition of underlying profit before tax to remove the IAS 19 pension
fi nancing element.
Dividends
The Board has recommended a final dividend of 10.2 pence
per share (2008/09: 9.6 pence), which will be paid on
16 July 2010 to shareholders on the Register of Members
at the close of business on 21 May 2010, subject to
approval. This will increase the full year dividend by 7.6
per cent to 14.2 pence per share (2008/09: 13.2 pence).
The dividend is covered 1.68 times by underlying earnings
(2008/09: 1.61 times, restated for the change in defi nition
of UPBT to exclude the IAS 19 pension fi nancing element),
in line with Sainsbury’s policy of providing cover of
between 1.50 and 1.75 times.
The proposed final dividend was recommended by the
Board on 12 May 2010 and, as such, has not been included
as a liability as at 20 March 2010.
Return on capital employed
The pre-tax return on average capital employed continued
to improve significantly, increasing by 85 basis points in
the year to 11.0 per cent, around 70 basis points above the
Company’s weighted-average cost of capital.
Pre-tax return on capital employed
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Underlying operating profi t (£m)
Underlying share of post-tax profi t from
joint ventures (£m)
Underlying profit before interest and tax (£m)
Average capital employed1 (£m)
Return on average capital employed (%)
2009/10
2008/09
671
616
18
689
6,281
11.0
16
632
6,243
10.1
Year-on-year improvement
85bps
136bps
1 Average of opening and closing net assets before net debt.
i
F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
r
e
v
e
w
i
Net debt and cash fl ow
Sainsbury’s net debt as at 20 March 2010 was £1,549 million
(March 2009: £1,671 million), a reduction of £122 million
from the 2009 year-end position. The reduction was driven
by the cash generated from the capital raise in June 2009
and strong operational cash flows, including another good
working capital performance, offset by capital expenditure
on the acceleration of the store development programme
and outflows for taxation, interest and dividends. The
resolution of a number of outstanding items contributed
to a lower tax payment than in 2008/09, and interest
payments benefited from lower interest rates on infl ation
linked debt as a result of a lower RPI than last year.
Sainsbury’s expects year-end net debt to increase to
around £1.9 billion in 2010/11, in line with its increased
capital expenditure from the plan to deliver 15 per cent
space growth in the two years to March 2011.
Summary cash fl ow statement
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
2009/10
£m
2008/09
£m
Operating cash flows before changes
in working capital
Changes in working capital
Cash generated from operations
Net interest paid
Corporation tax paid
Cash flow before appropriations
Purchase of non-current assets
Investment in joint ventures
Disposal of non-current assets
Proceeds from issue of shares
Receipt of new debt
Net dividends paid
Increase/(decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents
Increase in debt
IAS 32 and IAS 39 adjustments and
other movements
Movement in net debt
Opening net debt
Closing net debt
1,114
92
1,206
(96)
(89)
1,021
(1,057)
(2)
139
250
123
(239)
235
(115)
1,039
167
1,206
(118)
(160)
928
(994)
(291)
390
15
165
(215)
(2)
(157)
2
(9)
122
(1,671)
(168)
(1,503)
(1,549)
(1,671)
Working capital
Sainsbury’s has continued to manage working capital
closely and cash generated from operations includes
a further year-on-year improvement in working capital
of £92 million. This has been achieved through tight
management of inventories, which are up less than two
per cent on last year, and continued improvement of
trade cash fl ows.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
19
Summary balance sheet
Shareholders’ funds at 20 March 2010 were £4,966 million
(2009: £4,376 million), an increase of £590 million. This
is attributable to both the cash generated from the capital
raise in June 2009 and investments in joint ventures,
which have grown due to the increase in the value of
the properties. Gearing, which measures net debt as
a percentage of total equity, has reduced to 31 per cent
(2009: 38 per cent), as a result of the reduction in net
debt and the increase in net assets.
On 22 June 2009, J Sainsbury plc issued 78.1 million
ordinary shares (4.43 per cent of the Company’s issued
share capital) at £3.10 per share via an equity placing,
generating cash of £242 million. On 16 July 2009,
J Sainsbury plc issued £190 million convertible bonds
due 2014, paying a cash coupon of 4.25 per cent with
a conversion price of £4.19 (representing a 35 per cent
premium to the reference price of £3.10). For accounting
purposes, the bond is split between debt (£166 million)
and equity (£24 million).
Summary balance sheet
at 20 March 2010
Land and buildings (freehold
and long leasehold)
Land and buildings
(short leasehold)
Fixtures and fi ttings
Other non-current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Debt
Net debt
2010
£m
2009
£m
Movement
£m
6,059
5,728
559
1,585
811
702
215
520
1,573
604
689
195
837
(2,386)
(1,549)
627
(2,298)
(1,671)
331
39
12
207
13
20
210
(88)
122
Trade and other payables
and provisions
Retirement benefi t obligations,
net of deferred tax
Net assets
(3,113)
(3,040)
(73)
(303)
(222)
4,966
4,376
(81)
590
As at 20 March 2010, Sainsbury’s estimated market value
of properties is £9.8 billion (March 2009: £7.5 billion),
including a 50 per cent share of properties held within the
property joint ventures. Excluding the share of properties
held within the property joint ventures, the estimated
market value is circa £9.1 billion (March 2009: £6.9 billion),
equivalent to an average yield of circa 5.1 per cent, 49 per
cent higher than the net book value of land and buildings
on the balance sheet.
i
w
e
v
e
r
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
F
i
Financial review continued
Financing
Sainsbury’s seeks to manage its financing by diversifying
funding sources, configuring core borrowings with long-
term maturities and maintaining sufficient stand-by liquidity.
At March 2010, Sainsbury’s had total debt and facilities
of £3.0 billion in place. Sainsbury’s core funding of
£2.4 billion is represented by £2.0 billion CMBS debt,
with £1.1 billion due 2018 and £0.9 billion due 2031 with
additional debt capacity of £0.2 billion due 2014 and
£0.2 billion due 2015. Contingent liquidity is maintained
via committed facilities of £0.6 billion. At 20 March 2010,
no drawings were made against these committed facilities
(2008/09: £nil).
Since the refinancing exercise undertaken in 2006, the
Group’s core funding has comprised long-term secured
asset-backed loans supplemented by shorter-term bank
lending. Following a review of funding requirements the
Company does not anticipate issuing unsecured capital
markets debt and as such the corporate rating is no longer
needed. Accordingly, and consistent with the strategy
followed by a number of other property-rich companies
using secured funding platforms, Sainsbury’s has
withdrawn its corporate family rating from Moody’s
Investors’ Service and its corporate credit rating from
Standard and Poor’s.
Capital expenditure
Core capital expenditure amounted to £886 million in the
year (2008/09: £863 million). This included £496 million
on new store development (2008/09: £386 million) and
£320 million on extensions and refurbishments (2008/09:
£385 million). During the year, a number of freehold and
trading properties were acquired, in line with Sainsbury’s
plans to buy such properties where it believes there are
long-term trading and development opportunities.
Total expenditure has been offset by the receipt of
£131 million in relation to property disposals of stores
which have no further development potential (2008/09:
£393 million). Property disposals generated a profi t of
£27 million (2008/09: £57 million).
The Group expects 2010/11 capital expenditure of around
£1.1 billion, to bring total expenditure to £2 billion in the
two years to March 2011.
Capital expenditure
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
New store development
Extensions and refurbishments
Other — including supply chain and IT
Core retail capital expenditure
British Land joint venture investment
Acquisition of freehold and trading properties
Proceeds from property transactions
Net capital expenditure
2009/10
£m
2008/09
£m
496
320
70
886
160
(131)
915
386
385
92
863
274
118
(393)
862
20
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”)
In April 2010, the OFT announced that it had insuffi cient
evidence to support infringement findings with regard
to certain products that were the subject of its 2002/03
dairy investigation, involving certain retailers and
processors. As a result, the penalty that Sainsbury’s had
agreed to pay in 2007/08 as part of an early resolution
agreement will be reduced to £13 million from £26 million.
Sainsbury’s welcome the OFT’s decision in respect of
these products. Sainsbury’s originally settled with the OFT
in 2007/08 because it recognised the benefit of a speedy
settlement, despite its disappointment at being penalised
for actions that were intended to help British farmers.
In April 2008, the OFT started an investigation involving
suppliers and supermarkets including Sainsbury’s on the
basis that it had reasonable grounds to suspect co-ordination
of retail prices. Sainsbury’s has strict guidelines for
compliance with competition law and is co-operating
with the OFT in these enquiries.
i
F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
r
e
v
e
w
i
Financial review continued
Pensions
As at 20 March 2010, the present value of retirement
benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets
was a deficit after deferred tax of £303 million (2009:
£222 million deficit). The movement in the defi cit
reflects a 28.0 per cent increase in the value of assets to
£4.2 billion (2009: £3.3 billion) offset by a 28.7 per cent
increase in funded obligations due to market movements
in the discount rate, the inflation rate and the inclusion
of an allowance for future increase in life expectancy of
a minimum rate of improvement of one per cent per
annum, in line with the triennial valuation assumption.
The IAS 19 pension service cost included within UPBT was
£48 million (2008/09: £50 million). Sainsbury’s expects
this to increase to around £55 million in 2010/11.
Retirement benefi t obligations
at 20 March 2010
Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Pension defi cit
Present value of unfunded obligations
Retirement benefi t obligations
Deferred income tax asset
Net retirement benefi t obligations
2010
£m
2009
£m
(4,649)
4,237
(3,610)
3,310
(412)
(9)
(421)
118
(303)
(300)
(9)
(309)
87
(222)
Triennial valuation
The defi ned benefit pension schemes were subject to
a triennial valuation at March 2009 by Towers Watson,
the schemes’ independent actuaries, on the projected
unit basis. On the basis of the assumptions agreed, the
actuarial deficit at 21 March 2009 was £1,227 million,
an increase of £784 million from the March 2006 defi cit
of £443 million. This is primarily due to the valuation
date coinciding with a low point in asset values. A new
recovery plan addressing this deficit has been agreed
with the Trustees, which utilises property assets to
address half of the deficit and results in the post-tax
cash flows being unchanged over the next fi ve years.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
21
i
s
e
i
t
n
a
t
r
e
c
n
u
d
n
a
s
k
s
i
r
l
a
p
i
c
n
i
r
P
Principal risks and uncertainties
The risk management process is closely aligned to
accelerating our growth plan which focuses on growing
the business through the addition of new range, space,
channels to market and property management. Risk is
an inherent part of doing business. The system of risk
management used to identify the principal risks the
Group faces and to develop and closely monitor key
controls, is described on page 32. The management
of the risks is based on a balance of risk and reward
determined through careful assessment of both the
potential likelihood and impact. Consideration is given
to both reputational as well as financial impact, recognising
the significant commercial value attributable to the
Sainsbury’s brand. The principal risks identified by the
Board and the corresponding mitigating controls are
set out below in no order of priority.
Business continuity and acts of terrorism
A major incident or act of terrorism could impact on the
Group’s ability to trade.
In the event of a potentially disruptive incident, detailed
plans are in place to maintain Business Continuity. These
plans are regularly updated and tested.
Business strategy
If the Board adopts the wrong business strategy or does
not implement its strategies effectively, the business may
be negatively impacted. Strategic risk needs to be properly
understood and managed to deliver long-term growth for
the benefit of all stakeholders.
A clear strategy remains in place with five key areas
of focus:
• Great food at fair prices;
• Accelerating the growth of complementary non-food
ranges and services;
• Reaching more customers through additional channels;
• Growing supermarket space; and
• Active property management.
Progress against these areas of focus and any risks to
delivery are regularly reviewed by the Board and the
overall strategy is reviewed at the two-day Strategy
Conference. The Operating Board also holds regular
sessions to discuss strategy. This activity is supported
by a dedicated Strategy team. To ensure the strategy
is communicated and understood, the Group engages
with a wide range of stakeholders including shareholders,
colleagues, customers and suppliers on a continual basis.
Colleague engagement, retention and capability
The Group employs around 150,000 colleagues who are
critical to the success of our business. Maintaining good
relations with colleagues and investing in their training
and development is essential to the effi ciency and
sustainability of the Group’s operations.
The Group’s employment policies and remuneration
and benefits packages are regularly reviewed and are
designed to be competitive with other companies, as well
as providing colleagues with fulfilling career opportunities.
Colleague surveys, performance reviews, communications
with trade unions and regular communication of business
activities are some of the methods the Group uses to
understand and respond to colleagues’ needs. Processes
are also in place to identify talent and actively manage
succession planning throughout the business.
Economic and market risks
The impact of the economic downturn continues to
drive demand for value from customers. Challenges to
household disposable income, competitor pricing positions
and product costs can affect the performance of the Group
in terms of both sales and costs.
Focus continues on delivering quality products with
‘universal appeal’, at a range of price points ensuring
value for all our customers. This is achieved through the
continuous review of our key customer metrics, active
management of price positions, development of sales
propositions and increased promotion and marketing
activity. While external cost pressures including oil-related
costs, commodity pricing and business rates affect our
business, the Group continues to work hard to mitigate the
impact of these cost pressures on customers and on our
overall profitability through the delivery of cost savings.
Environment and sustainability
The key risk facing the Group in this area relates to
reducing the environmental impact of the business with
a focus on reducing packaging and new ways of reducing
waste and energy usage across stores, depots and offi ces.
A number of initiatives are in place, which are being led
by the Environmental Action team and the Corporate
Responsibility Steering Group to reduce our environmental
impact and to meet our customers’ requirements in this
area. Further details are included in the Corporate
Responsibility review on pages 11 to 15.
22
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Financial strategy and treasury risk
Pension risk
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
a
l
r
i
s
k
s
a
n
d
u
n
c
e
r
t
a
n
t
i
e
s
i
The Group operates a number of pension arrangements
which includes two defi ned benefit schemes. These
schemes are subject to risks in relation to their liabilities
as a result of changes in life expectancy, infl ation and
future salary increases, and to risks regarding the
value of investments and the returns derived from
such investments.
An investment strategy is in place which has been
developed by the pension trustees, in consultation
with the Company, to mitigate the volatility of liabilities,
to diversify investment risk, and to manage cash.
Product safety
The quality and safety of our products is of the highest
importance and any failure in standards would signifi cantly
affect the confidence of our customers.
There are stringent controls in place to ensure product
safety and integrity. Food hygiene practices are taken
very seriously and are monitored regularly to ensure
compliance with standards. All aspects of product safety
are governed through a Product Safety Committee. All
suppliers are expected to conform to the Group’s code of
conduct for Socially Responsible Sourcing which launched
in 1998 and covers fair terms of trading, protection of
children, worker health and safety, equal opportunities,
freedom of association, freedom of employment, hours
of work and wages.
Regulatory environment
The Group’s operations are subject to a broad spectrum
of regulatory requirements particularly in relation to
planning, competition and environmental issues,
employment, pensions and tax laws and regulations
over the Group’s products and services.
There is an established governance process in place to
monitor regulatory developments and to ensure that all
existing regulations are complied with. Regular reviews
are completed across the estate to ensure compliance
and that training needs are addressed as required.
The main financial risks are the availability of short- and
long-term funding to meet business needs and fl uctuations
in interest and foreign currency rates, which continue to
be impacted by the turbulence in the fi nancial markets.
The central treasury function is responsible for managing
the Group’s liquid resources, funding requirements, and
interest rate and currency exposures and the associated
risks as set out in note 28 of the Annual Report and
Financial Statements 2010. Additional funding was secured
through a capital raise in the summer of 2009 to support
the business’ space expansion plans. The treasury function
has clear policies and operating procedures which are
regularly reviewed and audited.
Fraud
The Group has strong control framework in respect of
potential fraud or other dishonest behaviour, which is
regularly reviewed by internal audit. A set of policies
are in place to provide colleagues with clear guidance
on behaviour. In addition, there are ‘whistle blowing’
procedures in place to enable colleagues and suppliers
to raise concerns about possible improprieties on a
confidential basis. Internal audit undertakes detailed
investigations and highlights its findings to the
Audit Committee.
Health and safety
Prevention of injury or loss of life for both colleagues
and customers is of utmost importance.
Clear policies and procedures are in place, which are
aligned to all relevant regulations and industry standards
and adherence to them is regularly monitored and audited.
IT systems and infrastructure
The Group is reliant on its IT systems and operational
infrastructure in order to trade efficiently. A failure
in these systems could have a significant impact on
our business.
The Group has extensive controls in place to maintain the
integrity and efficiency of its systems including detailed
recovery plans in the event of a significant failure. New
innovations and upgrades to systems are ongoing to
improve both the customer experience and colleague
efficiency. Prior to introducing system changes rigorous
testing is completed.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
23
J Sainsbury plc: Board of Directors
5
6
8
9
3
7
2
10
1
4
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
f
o
d
r
a
o
B
Lord Sainsbury of Preston Candover KG
Life President
Key to Committee Members
Remuneration Committee
Audit Committee
Nomination Committee
Corporate Responsibility Committee
Denotes Chairman of Committee
1. David Tyler
Chairman
David joined the Board on 1 October 2009
and became Chairman on 1 November 2009.
He is Non-Executive Chairman of Logica plc
and a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc
and Burberry Group plc, where he also
chairs the Remuneration Committee. He was
previously Group Finance Director of GUS plc
(1997-2006) and has held senior fi nancial and
general management roles with Christie’s
International plc (1989-96), County NatWest
Limited (1986-89) and Unilever PLC (1974-86).
He was also Chairman of 3i Quoted Private
Equity plc (2007-09) and a Non-Executive
Director of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc over
the same period. Age 57.
2. Justin King
Chief Executive
3. Darren Shapland
Chief Financial Offi cer
4. Mike Coupe
Trading Director
Appointed Chief Executive Offi cer on
29 March 2004 and is also Chairman of
the Operating Board. He has been a Non-
Executive Director of Staples, Inc. since
September 2007 and was appointed to the
board of the London Organising Committee
of the Olympic Games and Paralympic Games
in January 2009. He was formerly Director of
Food at Marks & Spencer plc and from 1994
to 2001 he held a number of senior positions
at ASDA/WalMart in Trading, HR and Retail.
Justin was previously Managing Director of
Häagen Dazs UK and spent much of his early
career with Mars Confectionery and Pepsi
International. Age 48.
Appointed Chief Financial Officer on 1 August
2005 and is also Chairman of Sainsbury’s
Bank plc. Darren was appointed a Non-
Executive Director of Ladbrokes plc in
November 2009. He was formerly Group
Finance Director of Carpetright plc (2002-05)
and Finance Director of Superdrug Stores plc
(2000-02). Between 1988 and 2000, Darren
held a number of financial and operational
management roles at Arcadia plc including
Joint Managing Director, Arcadia Home
Shopping; Finance Director of Arcadia
brands; Finance Director, Top Shop/Top Man
(Burton Group); and Director of Supply Chain
Programme (Burton Group). Age 43.
Appointed an Executive Director on
1 August 2007 and has been a member
of the Operating Board since October 2004.
He joined Sainsbury’s from Big Food Group
where he was a Board Director of Big Food
Group plc and Managing Director of Iceland
Food Stores. Mike previously worked for both
ASDA and Tesco, where he served in a variety
of senior management roles. He is also a
member of the supervisory board of GSI UK.
Age 49.
24
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
B
o
a
r
d
o
f
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
10. Val Gooding
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on
11 January 2007. She was formerly Chief
Executive of BUPA (1998-2008), which she
joined from British Airways, and is a Non-
Executive Director of Standard Chartered
Bank plc. Val is a member of the BBC’s
Executive Board and the Advisory Board
of the Warwick Business School. She is
a Trustee of the British Museum and a
Non-Executive Director of the Lawn
Tennis Association. She was formerly
a Non-Executive Director of Compass
Group plc and BAA plc. Age 59.
9. Gary Hughes
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on
1 January 2005. Gary is Chief Financial
Officer of the Gala Coral Group and a Director
of the Scottish Exhibition Centre Limited.
Formerly he was Chief Executive of CMP
Information Limited – a division of United
Business Media plc (2006-08), Group
Finance Director of Emap plc (2000-05),
Group Finance Director of SMG plc (1996
2000), and Deputy Finance Director of
Forte plc (1994-96). Prior to this Gary held
a number of senior management positions
with Guinness plc in the UK and in North
America. Age 48.
8. Bob Stack
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on
1 January 2005. He was a Director of
Cadbury plc until December 2008. He joined
Cadbury Beverages in the US in 1990 and
was first appointed to the Board of Cadbury
Schweppes plc in May 1996 as Group Human
Resources Director. In March 2000 he was
appointed Chief Human Resources Offi cer
and took on responsibility for communication
and external affairs in addition to HR. Bob
is Trustee and Non-Executive Director of
Earthwatch International and also a Non-
Executive Director and Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee of IMI plc. Age 59.
5. John McAdam
Senior Independent Director
6. Anna Ford
Non-Executive Director
7. Mary Harris
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on
1 September 2005. He is Chairman of
Rentokil Initial plc and United Utilities plc.
He is also a Non-Executive Director of Rolls-
Royce Group plc and Sara Lee Corporation.
John joined Unilever PLC as a management
trainee in 1974 and went on to hold a number
of senior positions in Birds Eye Walls,
Quest and Unichema, before the sale of
the Specialty Chemical Businesses to ICI in
1997. He was Chief Executive of ICI plc, until
its sale to Akzo Nobel, and was formerly a
Non-Executive Director of Severn Trent plc
(2000-05). Age 62.
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on 2 May
2006. She retired from the BBC in 2006,
after 32 years in News and Current Affairs.
Anna is a Non-Executive Director of N Brown
Group plc and has been a Trustee of the Royal
Botanical Gardens in Kew, London; a Fellow
of the Royal Geographical Society; a Trustee
of Forum for the Future; Chancellor of
Manchester University; and an Honorary
Bencher of Middle Temple. Age 66.
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on
1 August 2007. She is a member of the
supervisory boards of TNT NV and Unibail-
Rodamco S.E. Mary previously spent much
of her career with McKinsey & Company,
most recently as a partner, and her previous
work experience included working for
PepsiCo in Greece and the UK as a sales
and marketing executive. Age 44.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
25
The Operating Board
d
r
a
o
B
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
e
h
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
11
11
7
8
9
Justin King (1)
See page 24
Darren Shapland (2)
See page 24
Mike Coupe (3)
See page 24
Tim Fallowfi eld (4)
Company Secretary
Company Secretary since 2001 and is a
member of the Operating Board. Tim joined
from Exel plc, the global logistics company,
where he was Company Secretary and Head
of Legal Services (1994-2001). Prior to this
he worked at Clifford Chance and is a
qualifi ed solicitor.
Luke Jensen (5)
Managing Director Non-Food
Luke joined Sainsbury’s and the Operating
Board in June 2008 as Director of Strategy.
He was appointed to the position of Managing
Director Non-Food in 2009. In this role he is
responsible for driving the profi table growth
of Sainsbury’s in General Merchandise,
Clothing and Entertainment and for the
development of the Company’s Far East
direct sourcing operation, Sainsbury’s Asia.
Previous roles include Director/Partner and
Head of the Consumer and Retail Practice of
OC&C Strategy Consultants (2004-08) and
Founder and Group FD/Executive Director of
M8 Group (internet and mail order specialist
retailer) (2002-03).
Rob Fraser (6)
IT Director
Rob joined the Operating Board as IT Director
in July 2009, bringing many years of both IT
and retail experience to the role. Rob was
previously Vice President, Retail, Consumer
& Transport at CSC, and spent ten years at
Boots where he undertook a variety of IT
roles including Group IT Director. He was
also a member of the Boots Executive
Committee and has worked for Rank Xerox
and Marks & Spencer plc.
John Rogers (7)
Property Director
John joined Sainsbury’s in March 2005
as Director of Corporate Finance before
becoming Director of Group Finance
(2007-08). He became Property Director
and was appointed to the Operating Board
in June 2008. Prior to Sainsbury’s, John
was Group Finance Director for Hanover
Acceptances, a diversifi ed corporation
with wholly owned subsidiaries in the food
manufacturing, real-estate and agri-business
sectors. Previous roles include Senior
Manager at Monitor Company and Manager
at Arthur Andersen.
Gwyn Burr (8)
Customer Director
Joined the Operating Board in 2004 and
became a Director of Sainsbury’s Bank plc
in 2007. Gwyn is responsible for Marketing,
Own-Brand and Customer Service. She has
over 20 years’ business experience, including
five with Nestle Rowntree and over 13 with
ASDA/WalMart where she held various board
level positions. Before joining Sainsbury’s,
Gwyn founded her own marketing
consultancy, The Resultant Team. She is
currently chair of the Business in the
Community, Cause Related Marketing
Leadership team.
Roger Burnley (9)
Retail and Logistics Director
Appointed to the Operating Board in March
2006 as Supply Chain Director and in April
2008 he assumed the role of Retail and
Logistics Director. Roger was previously
Supply Chain Director at Matalan. He spent
his early career in retail management and
buying at B&Q before joining ASDA/WalMart,
where he held a number of positions before
becoming their Supply Chain Director in 2001.
Imelda Walsh (10)
HR Director
HR Director since October 2001. Appointed
to the Operating Board when formed in May
2004. Before this she was a member of the
Board of Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Ltd from
March 2003. Imelda was appointed a Director
of Sainsbury’s Bank plc in February 2007.
Prior to joining Sainsbury’s, she worked for
Barclays Retail Financial Services, Coca-Cola
and Schweppes Beverages. Author of the
Flexible Working Review, published May
2008, which recommended how to extend
the right to request flexible working to
parents of older children.
Neil Sachdev (11)
Commercial Director
Joined Sainsbury’s in March 2007 as
Commercial Director following 28 years
at Tesco, where he worked in a range of
different business areas including: Stores
Board Director UK Property/Operations
(2000-06); Supply Chain Director (1999
2000); Director, Competition Commission
(1998-99); Support Director (February
1998-September 1998); and Retail Director
(1994-98). Neil is Non-Executive Director and
a member of the Audit and Remuneration
Committees of Capital Shopping Centres
Group PLC.
26
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Directors’ report
The Directors present their report and audited fi nancial statements
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010.
Principal activities
The Company’s principal activities are grocery, related retailing and
fi nancial services.
Business review
The Business Review sets out a comprehensive review of the
development and performance of the business for the 52 weeks
ended 20 March 2010 and future developments. The Business Review
is set out on pages 1 to 23 of this report. All the information detailed
in these pages is incorporated by reference into this report and is
deemed to form part of this report.
Corporate governance statement
The corporate governance statement as required by the Disclosure
and Transparency Rules 7.2.1 is set out on pages 29 to 32 and is
incorporated by reference into this report.
Dividends
The Directors recommend the payment of a final dividend of 10.2
pence per share (2009: 9.6 pence), making a total dividend for the
year of 14.2 pence per share (2009: 13.2 pence), an increase of 7.6 per
cent over the previous year. Subject to shareholders approving this
recommendation at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), the
dividend will be paid on 16 July 2010 to shareholders on the register
at the close of business on 21 May 2010.
Changes to the Board
David Tyler was appointed a Director of the Company on 1 October
2009 and became Chairman on 1 November 2009 following the
resignation of Philip Hampton.
Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association, David Tyler, who was
appointed to the Board since the last AGM, will retire and seek
election at the AGM. Val Gooding and Justin King will also retire by
rotation and seek re-election. Full biographical details of all of the
current Directors are set out on pages 24 and 25.
Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on Wednesday, 14 July 2010 at The Queen
Elizabeth II Conference Centre, Broad Sanctuary, Westminster,
London SW1P 3EE at 11.00am. The Chairman’s letter and the Notice
of Meeting accompany this report, together with notes explaining
the business to be transacted at the meeting.
Share capital and control
The following information is given pursuant to Section 992 of the
2006 Companies Act.
Except as described below in relation to the Company’s employee
share schemes, there are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching
to the Company’s ordinary shares or the transfer of securities in the
Company; no person holds securities in the Company carrying special
rights with regard to control of the Company; and the Company is not
aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result
in restrictions in the transfer of securities or voting rights. Further
details on the rights, restrictions and obligations attaching to the share
capital of the Company, including voting rights, are contained in the
Company’s Articles of Association. The Articles of Association may only
be changed with the agreement of shareholders.
Shares acquired through the Company’s employee share plans rank
pari passu with shares in issue and have no special rights. Where, under
the Company’s All Employee Share Ownership Plan, participants are
beneficial owners of the shares but the trustee is the registered owner,
the voting rights are normally exercised by the registered owner at the
direction of the participants. The J Sainsbury Employee Benefi t Trusts
waive their right to vote and to dividends on the shares they hold which
are unallocated. Some of the Company’s employee share plans include
restrictions on transfer of shares while the shares are held within the plan.
At the AGM held in July 2009, the Company was authorised by
shareholders to purchase its own shares, within certain limits and
as permitted by the Articles of Association. The Company made no
purchases of its own shares during the year and no shares were
acquired by forfeiture or surrender or made subject to a lien or charge.
All of the Company’s employee share plans contain provisions relating
to a change of control. On a change of control, options and awards
granted to employees under the Company’s share plans may vest and
become exercisable, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable
performance conditions at that time.
The Company is not party to any significant agreements that would
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control following
a takeover bid.
Ordinary shares
Details of the changes to the ordinary issued share capital during the
year are shown on page 75. At the date of this report, 1,861,173,065
ordinary shares of 284/7 pence have been issued, are fully paid up and
are listed on the London Stock Exchange.
At the meeting, resolutions will be proposed to declare a fi nal
dividend, to receive the Annual Report and Financial Statements
and approve the Remuneration Report, to elect Directors and to
re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors. In addition,
shareholders will be asked to renew both the general authority of
the Directors to issue shares and to authorise the Directors to issue
shares without applying the statutory pre-emption rights. Following
the placing of new shares and offering of convertible bonds by the
Company in 2009, the authority to issue shares without applying
the statutory pre-emption rights will be limited to 2.5 per cent of the
total issued ordinary share capital of the Company in order to adhere
to the provisions in the Pre-emption Group’s Statement of Principles.
On 17 June 2009, the Company announced plans to raise additional
capital via a placing of new shares and an offering of convertible bonds.
Both parts were successfully received by the market raising £432 million
in total. A total of 78,111,544 new ordinary shares were placed at a
price of 310 pence per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately
£242 million. The new ordinary shares that were issued represented
approximately 4.4 per cent of Sainsbury’s issued ordinary share capital
prior to the placing. The convertible bond offering raised £190 million
and the bonds may be converted into ordinary shares at the option of
the holder by the fifth anniversary of their issue in 2014 at an initial
conversion price of 418.50 pence per ordinary share. The proceeds of
the capital raising will be used to accelerate Sainsbury’s growth strategy.
Shareholders will be asked to authorise the Company to make
market purchases of its own shares. No such purchase has been
made during the last financial year. Shareholders will also be asked
to renew the Directors’ authority to operate the J Sainsbury All
Employee Share Ownership Plan for a further ten years, adopt
new Articles of Association to reflect changes introduced by the
Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations in August 2009 and
authorise the Directors to hold general meetings at 14 clear days’
notice (where this flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting
and is thought to be in the interests of shareholders as a whole).
A resolution to renew the authority to make ‘political donations’ as
defined by Part 14 of 2006 Companies Act, will also be proposed.
Major interests in shares
As at 12 May 2010, the Company had been notified by the following
investors of their interests in 3 per cent or more of the Company’s
shares. These interests were notified to the Company pursuant to
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5:
Judith Portrait (a trustee of various
settlements, including charitable trusts)
Legal and General Group plc
Lord Sainsbury of Turville*
Qatar Holdings LLC
% of voting rights
4.09
3.99
5.85
25.99
* Innotech Advisers Limited, an investment company 100 per cent owned by Lord Sainsbury of
Turville, holds 92,000,000 shares in J Sainsbury plc.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
27
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
p
o
r
t
t
r
o
p
e
r
’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
Directors’ report continued
Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors and their families in the
shares of the Company are shown in the Remuneration Report on
page 42. The Company’s Register of Directors’ interests contains
full details of Directors’ interests, shareholdings and options over
ordinary shares of the Company.
During the year, no Director had any material interest in any
contract of significance to the Group’s business.
Directors’ indemnities
The Directors are entitled to be indemnified by the Company to the
extent permitted by law and the Company’s Articles of Association
in respect of all losses arising out of or in connection with the execution
of their powers, duties and responsibilities. The Company has
executed deeds of indemnity for the benefit of each Director in respect
of liabilities which may attach to them in their capacity as Directors of
the Company. The Company purchased and maintained Directors’
and Officers’ liability insurance throughout 2009/10, which has been
renewed for 2010/11. Neither the indemnities nor the insurance provide
cover in the event that the Director is proved to have acted fraudulently.
Market value of properties
The Directors believe that the aggregate open market value of Group
properties exceeds the net book value as set out in note 11 on page 64
to the fi nancial statements.
Essential contracts
Sainsbury’s has contractual and other arrangements with numerous
third parties in support of its business activities. None of the
arrangements is individually considered to be essential to the
business of Sainsbury’s.
Policy on payment of creditors
The policy of the Company and its principal operating companies is
to agree terms of payment prior to commencing trade with a supplier
and to abide by those terms on the timely submission of satisfactory
invoices. The Company is a holding company and therefore has no
trade creditors. Statements on the operating companies’ payment
of suppliers are contained in their fi nancial statements.
Corporate responsibility
Sainsbury’s has a strong record in its commitment to corporate
responsibility, which is an everyday part of how the Company does
business. Details of the Company’s principal corporate responsibility
initiatives and activities are set out on pages 11 to 15. The Company’s
Corporate Responsibility Report, which will be published in June 2010
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/crreport2010), provides a comprehensive
statement on corporate responsibility and describes the Company’s
policies and activities in relation to its five corporate responsibility
principles; Best for Food and Health, Sourcing with Integrity, Respect
for Our Environment, Making a Positive Difference to Our Community
and A Great Place to Work.
As part of ‘A Great Place to Work’ the Company has well-developed
policies for fair and equal treatment of all colleagues, employment
of disadvantaged persons and colleague participation. It is our policy
that people with disabilities be given full and fair consideration for
all vacancies. For those colleagues who become disabled during their
employment, we endeavour to adjust their working environment,
where possible, allowing them to maximise their potential whilst
remaining with the Company.
Under the banner of ‘You Can’, the Company also actively works
with a number of organisations which seek to promote inclusion
within the workplace. These include Local Employment Partnerships,
The Employers’ Forum on Disability (Gold member), the Shaw Trust,
Remploy and Mencap. The Company has also focused on the broader
skills agenda and has set ambitious targets for enabling colleagues
to achieve nationally recognised qualifi cations.
The Company’s quarterly, interim and annual results are presented to all
senior management and are communicated to all colleagues. Colleagues
have always been encouraged to hold shares in the Company.
28
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Donations
Sainsbury’s is committed to making a positive difference to the
communities in which we operate. We support many charitable
organisations and community projects through either donating
cash, making in-kind donations or through colleague volunteering.
During the year Sainsbury’s colleagues, customers and suppliers
raised £15.7 million (2009: £17.4 million) for charities through events
supported by the Company, including Sport Relief. Cash and in-kind
donations totalled £1.9 million (2009: £5.7 million). The amount of
in-kind donations, principally food donations to Fareshare, reduced
this year but we remain Fareshare’s largest corporate partner.
The Company made no political donations in 2010 (2009: £nil).
Post balance sheet events
There are no post balance sheet events.
Financial risk management
The financial risk management and policies of the Group are
disclosed in note 28 on pages 81 to 85 to the fi nancial statements.
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to
affect its future development, performance and position are set out
in the Business Review on pages 1 to 23. The financial position of the
Group, its cash flows and liquidity are highlighted in the Financial
Review on pages 16 to 21. The Group manages its fi nancing by
diversifying funding sources, configuring core borrowings with long-
term maturities and maintaining sufficient standby liquidity. Full
details of the Group’s financing arrangements can be found in note 20
on pages 70 and 71 to the financial statements. In addition, notes 28
and 29 on pages 81 to 90 to the financial statements include the
Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital;
its financial risk management objectives; details of its fi nancial
instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit
risk and liquidity risk.
The debt refinancing in March 2006 removed the Group’s reliance on
unsecured credit markets for medium and long-term finance and the
Group’s fi rst signifi cant re-financing exposure is not until 2018.
As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed
to manage its business risks successfully despite the current
challenging economic outlook. The Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Company has sufficient resources to continue
in operation for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the fi nancial statements
which are shown on pages 45 to 102.
Disclosure of information to auditors
Each of the Directors has confirmed that, so far as he/she is aware,
there is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are
unaware. Each Director has taken all steps that he/she ought to have
taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any
relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors are
aware of that information.
Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have expressed their willingness to be
reappointed as auditors of the Company. Upon the recommendation
of the Audit Committee, resolutions to reappoint them as auditors
and to authorise the Directors to determine their remuneration will
be proposed at the AGM.
By order of the Board
Tim Fallowfi eld
Company Secretary, 12 May 2010
Statement of corporate governance
Compliance
The following sections explain how the Company applies the main
principles of Section 1 of the UK Combined Code on Corporate
Governance June 2008 (the “Code”). The Board is committed to
strong governance practices and, during the year, the Company
has complied with all the provisions of the Code.
The Board
The Board has been chaired by David Tyler since 1 November 2009
following the resignation of Philip Hampton. It consists of three
Executive Directors and six Non-Executive Directors in addition to
the Chairman. Dr John McAdam is the Senior Independent Director.
The Directors’ biographical details are set out on pages 24 and 25.
The Board is scheduled to meet eight times during the year, including
a two-day strategy conference. The Chairman and Non-Executive
Directors met during the year without the Executive Directors being
present, and the Non-Executive Directors also met during the year
without the Executive Directors or the Chairman being present.
The Chairman
David Tyler joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 October
2009 and assumed the role of Chairman on 1 November 2009. The
Nomination Committee led the recruitment process as described
in more detail below. His biographical details are set out on page 24
and establish his broad range of experience that makes him ideal
for the chairman role. At the time of his appointment he confi rmed
his independence and also that he had sufficient time to meet his
responsibilities to the Company, particularly as he had just stood
down as a non-executive director of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc.
Since his appointment he has had an extensive induction process,
including meetings with key investors.
Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and
the Chief Executive which is set out in writing and has been approved
by the Board. The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the
Board, ensuring its effectiveness and setting its agenda. He ensures
effective communication with shareholders and that the Board is
aware of the views of major shareholders. He facilitates both the
contribution of the Non-Executive Directors and constructive
relations between the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The
Chief Executive is responsible for the day-to-day management of the
Company, and executing the strategy, once agreed by the Board. He
creates a framework of strategy, values, organisation and objectives
to ensure the successful delivery of results, and allocates decision
making and responsibilities accordingly. He takes a leading role, with
the Chairman, in the relationship with all external agencies and in
promoting Sainsbury’s.
Independence/Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors bring wide and varied commercial
experience to Board and Committee deliberations. They are appointed
for an initial three-year term, subject to election by shareholders at
the first AGM after their appointment, after which their appointment
may be extended for a second term, subject to mutual agreement and
shareholder approval.
The Chairman satisfied the independence criteria of the Code on his
appointment and all the Non-Executive Directors are considered to
be independent according to the provisions of the Code. The Board
is satisfied that the independence of the Directors who have executive
or non-executive roles with other companies is not compromised and
that they all have sufficient time available to devote to the Company.
The Companies Act provides that directors must avoid a situation
where they have, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that
conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with a company’s interests.
Directors of public companies may authorise conflicts and potential
conflicts, where appropriate, if a company’s articles of association
permit. Shareholders approved the appropriate amendments to the
Company’s Articles at the 2008 AGM. The Board has established
procedures for the disclosure by Directors of any such confl icts,
and also for the consideration and authorisation of these confl icts
by the Board. In accordance with the Act, the Board considered and
authorised each Director’s reported potential conflicts of interest
during the year. Whenever a Director takes on additional external
responsibilities, the Board considers any potential conflicts that may
arise and whether the Director continues to have sufficient time to
fulfill his or her role as a Director of the Company. The Board will
continue to monitor and review potential conflicts of interest on
a regular basis.
The Board’s role
The Board has a number of key responsibilities and formally reserved
powers. It regularly considers strategic issues, key projects and
major investments and monitors performance against delivery of
the agreed key targets. It approves the corporate plan and the annual
budget. Its objective is to create maximum value for shareholders
over the long term.
During the year the Board received updates on the investor relations
programme and feedback from major shareholders. It reviewed the
funding of the Group’s pension plans and broader pension matters.
The Board fully considered and approved the placing of new shares
and the offering of convertible bonds which successfully raised
£432 million to accelerate Sainsbury’s growth strategy (see page 27
of the Directors’ Report and notes 20 on page 70 and 23 on page 75
to the financial statements for more information relating to the capital
raising and the Company’s share capital structure).
The Board reviews the Company’s principal risks on an annual basis
in addition to receiving regular updates on risk management and
internal controls from the Chairman of the Audit Committee. It also
receives an annual update on health and safety and product safety,
and relevant controls and governance, and any specific issues on
these and other matters which might affect the Company’s reputation
are reported to the Board as they occur.
The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its principal committees.
The Audit Committee ensures the integrity of fi nancial information,
the effectiveness of the financial controls and the internal control
and risk management systems. The Remuneration Committee sets
the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and determines their
individual remuneration arrangements. The Nomination Committee
recommends the appointment of Directors and has responsibility for
evaluating the balance of the Board and for succession planning at
Board level. During the year the Nomination Committee led the
process to appoint a new chairman. The Corporate Responsibility
(“CR”) Committee reviews key CR policies, taking into account the
Company’s CR objectives and the overall strategic plan. Further
details are set out overleaf.
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
29
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
c
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
Statement of corporate governance continued
Attendance
The table shows the attendance of Directors at scheduled Board and
Committee meetings. The Board scheduled eight meetings during the
year and additional ad hoc conference calls were also convened to
deal with specific matters which required attention between
scheduled meetings.
Board
Audit
Committee
CR
Committee
Nomination Remuneration
Committee
Committee
8(8)
Mike Coupe
8(8)
Anna Ford
Val Gooding
7(8)
Philip Hampton 5(5)
8(8)
Mary Harris
Gary Hughes
8(8)
8(8)
Justin King
John McAdam 8(8)
Darren Shapland 8(8)
8(8)
Bob Stack
3(3)
David Tyler
-
-
-
-
4(4)
3(4)
-
4(4)
-
-
-
-
2(2)
-
-
2(2)
-
2(2)
-
-
-
-
-
5(5)
5(5)
5(5)
5(5)
5(5)
-
5(5)
-
5(5)
-
-
4(4)
4(4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
4(4)
-
(The maximum number of meetings held during the year that each Director could attend is shown
in brackets.)
Information and development
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that all Directors are
properly briefed on issues arising at Board meetings and that they
have full and timely access to relevant information. The quality and
supply of information provided to the Board is reviewed as part of
the Board evaluation exercise.
The Company has a programme for meeting Directors’ training and
development requirements. Newly appointed Directors who do
not have previous public company experience at Board level are
provided with appropriate training on their role and responsibilities.
New Directors participate in a comprehensive and tailored induction
programme including store and depot visits and meetings with
members of the Operating Board, senior management and external
advisors. The induction programme includes a full review of corporate
responsibility. Subsequent training is available on an ongoing basis to
meet any particular needs. During the year the Company Secretary,
Tim Fallowfield, has provided updates to the Board on relevant
governance matters, new legislation and on Directors’ duties and
obligations, whilst the Audit Committee regularly considers new
accounting developments through presentations from management
and the external auditors. The consultants to the Remuneration
Committee advise the Committee on relevant governance and trends
in remuneration. The Board programme includes presentations
from management which increase the Non-Executive Directors’
understanding of the business and the sector.
During the year the Board held a Board meeting at the Northampton
Depot and visited nearby sites related to Sainsbury’s ‘No Waste to
Landfill’ environmental initiatives. In addition, Directors have visited
stores and other sites as part of their continuing engagement with
the business.
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company
Secretary. He has responsibility for ensuring that Board procedures
are followed and for governance matters. The appointment and
removal of the Company Secretary is one of the matters reserved
for the Board. There is an agreed procedure by which members
of the Board may take independent professional advice at the
Company’s expense in the furtherance of their duties.
Board evaluation
The Board agreed that this year’s evaluation exercise should be
conducted by Tim Fallowfield, the Company Secretary. Having
agreed the key objectives with the Chairman, he prepared a detailed
questionnaire for the Directors which followed the format of last
year’s exercise in order to track year-on-year responses, and included
additional questions relating to specific areas of focus. He then met
with each Director separately for in-depth discussions about the
Board’s role and structure, contribution to strategic planning and risk
management, Board process and dynamics, and any emerging issues.
The performance of the Board Committees was also reviewed. Some
members of senior management were asked for their views. He then
presented the findings to the Board for discussion, identifying what
was working well and areas which could be improved or approached
differently. The Board concluded that it was working effectively.
The action plan from the 2009 review had been implemented and
the Board was satisfied with the progress that it had made during
the year. An action plan was agreed to address the themes which
emerged from this year’s exercise; these included new Board
processes, aspects of Board succession, and engagement with
the wider management team and other parts of the business.
The Senior Independent Director reviewed the Chairman‘s
performance with the other Directors and subsequently met
him to provide feedback. The Chairman separately reviewed
the contribution of each of the Directors with them.
Operating Board
Day-to-day management of the Group is delegated to the Operating
Board, which is chaired by Justin King. The Operating Board held
ten scheduled meetings during the year and each Director’s
responsibilities are set out on page 26. It has formal terms of
reference setting out its key responsibilities. Minutes are copied
to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors.
The Operating Board has delegated certain powers to the Trading
Board, the Retail & Logistics Board, the Investment Board, the
Product Safety and Health and Safety Committees and the Corporate
Responsibility Steering Group, each of which has approved terms
of reference setting out their areas of responsibility.
Board Committees
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to the Nomination,
Remuneration, Corporate Responsibility and Audit Committees.
The Chairman of each Committee provides an in-depth report
of each meeting of the respective Committee to the Board at the
following Board meeting.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by David Tyler and comprises
each of the Non-Executive Directors. Justin King is not a member
of the Committee although he is invited to attend meetings.
During the year the Committee led the recruitment process for
a new chairman after Philip Hampton informed the Board that,
having completed five years as Chairman, he would be stepping
down from the Board. This process was led by by John McAdam,
the Senior Independent Director. Search consultants, Egon Zehnder
International, were instructed by the Committee in connection
with this process. The Committee considered the skills, knowledge,
background and experience required for the role, and a job
specification was prepared. The Committee specified the time
commitment expected of the role. Following an extensive search,
the Committee recommended to the Board that David Tyler be
appointed as Chairman. He was appointed to the Board on
1 October 2009 and became Chairman from 1 November.
The Committee holds one meeting each year where it reviews
succession planning and senior management development.
The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the website
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance) and set out the Committee’s
responsibilities. The Committee meets when necessary and in
2009/10 met on fi ve occasions.
Remuneration Committee
The Committee is chaired by Bob Stack, with Anna Ford and
Val Gooding as its other members. The Remuneration Report
is set out on pages 33 to 42.
30
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Statement of corporate governance continued
Corporate Responsibility Committee
The Committee is chaired by Anna Ford, and Justin King and Mary
Harris are its other members. David Tyler attends each meeting. It met
twice during the year. Formal meetings are supported by CR strategic
meetings hosted by Anna Ford and Justin King. Each meeting is based
around one of the five CR principles and key external stakeholders
are invited to attend. During the year five meetings were held, relating
to each of the fi ve principles.
The Corporate Responsibility Committee is supported by an internal
corporate responsibility governance structure whereby members of
the Operating Board have responsibility for each of our fi ve values
and sit on our Corporate Responsibility Steering Group, which meets
quarterly and is chaired by Justin King. Other members include:
• Best for Food and Health — Gwyn Burr, Customer Director
• Sourcing with Integrity — Mike Coupe, Trading Director
• Respect for our Environment — Neil Sachdev, Commercial Director
• Making a Positive Difference to our Community — Roger Burnley,
Retail and Logistics Director
• A Great Place to Work — Imelda Walsh, Human Resources Director.
A summary of the Company’s corporate responsibility priorities
and activities is set out on pages 11 to 15. This year’s Corporate
Responsibility report will be published in June 2010.
Audit Committee
The Committee is chaired by Gary Hughes with John McAdam and
Mary Harris as its other members, all of whom are independent
Non-Executive Directors. The Board has determined that Gary Hughes
has recent and relevant financial experience. The Chairman, Justin
King, Darren Shapland, Karen Whitworth (Director of Group Internal
Audit), other senior members of the Finance Division and the external
auditors are invited to attend Committee meetings. Tim Fallowfi eld is
secretary to the Committee.
During the year the Committee met on four occasions, the
agendas being organised around the Company’s reporting cycle.
It monitored the integrity of the financial statements and any formal
announcements relating to the Company’s fi nancial performance
and reviewed any signifi cant financial judgements contained in them.
The Committee has also reviewed the effectiveness of the Company’s
financial controls and the systems of internal control and risk
management. Where any weaknesses were identified, the detailed
actions for resolution are closely monitored through to completion.
The Committee regularly meets with the external auditors without
management being present.
The Committee also regularly reviews the Company’s funding and
liquidity position and has considered its impact on the Company’s
financial and operational capabilities. The Committee’s detailed
review of the year-end position assisted the Board in giving the
going concern statement set out on page 28.
The Committee reviewed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (“PwC”)
overall work plan and approved their remuneration and terms of
engagement and considered in detail the results of the audit, PwC’s
performance and independence and the effectiveness of the overall
audit process. The Committee recommended PwC’s re-appointment
as auditors to the Board and this resolution will be put to shareholders
at the AGM. PwC have been the Company’s auditors since 1995. The
external auditors are required to rotate the audit partner responsible
for the Group and subsidiary audits every five years. The current audit
partner, who has now completed five audits, therefore ceases to be
responsible for the Sainsbury’s audit following the AGM. PwC have
identified a successor partner who has relevant industry and FTSE100
company experience and who has been interviewed by the Chairman,
Chairman of the Audit Committee, the Chief Executive and the Chief
Financial Officer. He is undertaking a programme of induction
meetings during the Spring and Summer of 2010.
The Committee has implemented the Company’s policy which
restricts the engagement of PwC in relation to non-audit services.
This was reviewed during the year and is consistent with the Auditing
Practices Board’s Ethical Standards No. 5 – Non Audit Services.
The policy is designed to ensure that the provision of such services
does not have an impact on the external auditors’ independence and
objectivity. It identifies certain types of engagement that the external
auditors shall not undertake, including internal audit and actuarial
services relating to the preparation of accounting estimates for the
financial statements, and others (such as mergers and acquisitions
advice) that can only be undertaken with appropriate authority from
the Committee Chairman or the Committee, should fees exceed
pre-set thresholds. The policy also recognises that there are some
types of work, such as accounting and tax advice, where a detailed
understanding of the Company’s business is advantageous. The
Committee receives a report at each meeting on the non-audit
services being provided and the cumulative total of non-audit fees.
In the event that cumulative non-audit fees exceed the audit fee
then all subsequent non-audit expenditure must be approved by the
Committee Chairman. The majority of the non-audit work undertaken
during 2009/10 related to the 2009 pension funding valuation. The
non-audit fees for the year were £0.5 million, and the audit fee for
the year in respect of the Group, Company and its subsidiaries and
the fee for the interim review totalled £0.8 million.
The Committee has regularly reviewed the Internal Audit
department’s resources, budget, work programme, results and
management’s implementation of its recommendations. Karen
Whitworth has direct access to all members of the Committee
including the Committee Chairman and David Tyler. She has
regular meetings with all Committee members.
The Committee reviewed the Company’s ’whistleblowing’ procedures
to ensure that arrangements are in place to enable colleagues and
suppliers to raise concerns about possible improprieties on a
confidential basis. All issues raised have been investigated and
appropriate actions taken.
The Company has a fraud policy and a Serious Fraud Committee,
which convenes in the event of serious incidents to oversee case
management and ensure appropriate actions are taken. The Audit
Committee receives an update at each meeting on all material frauds.
The Committee receives an update at each meeting about matters
discussed at the Sainsbury’s Bank Audit Committee and on any other
key matters. Given the economic climate it has continued to focus
on the Bank’s liquidity and cash flows, capital adequacy and risk
management processes.
In February 2010 a new Grocery Supply Code of Practice (“GSCOP”)
became effective following the recommendation of the Competition
Commission. Each grocery retailer to which it applies had to appoint
a Code Compliance Officer whose duties include hearing disputes
between suppliers and the relevant retailer. Sainsbury’s has appointed
the Director of Group Internal Audit as its Code Compliance Offi cer.
Sainsbury’s has taken the necessary steps to prepare for the
implementation of the GSCOP, including a comprehensive training
programme for relevant colleagues. The Audit Committee reviewed
the Company’s preparations for implementation, and has certain
reporting obligations to fulfil in the future under GSCOP.
The Committee’s terms of reference, which are available on
the website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance), set out the
Committee’s responsibilities.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
31
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
c
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
Statement of corporate governance continued
Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for the system of internal
controls, which is fully embedded into the operations of the Company
and includes risk management. Certain of these responsibilities have
been delegated to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has
reviewed the effectiveness of the system of internal control and has
ensured that any required remedial action has been or is being taken
on any identified weaknesses. The system of internal controls has
been in place throughout the year, up to the date of approval of the
Annual Report and Financial Statements, and it accords with the
Turnbull guidance and the Combined Code. It is designed to manage
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve the Company’s
business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute
assurance against material misstatement or loss. It covers all controls
including those in relation to financial reporting processes (including
the preparation of consolidated accounts), operational and compliance
controls and risk management procedures. It also includes the
controls over Sainsbury’s interests in Sainsbury’s Bank and the
property joint ventures.
The processes used to assess the effectiveness of the internal control
systems are ongoing, enabling a cumulative assessment to be made,
and include the following:
• discussion and approval by the Board of the Company’s strategic
direction, plans and objectives and the risks to achieving them;
• review and approval by the Board of budgets and forecasts,
including both revenue and capital expenditure;
• regular reviews by management of the risks to achieving objectives
and actions being taken to mitigate them;
• regular reviews by management and the Audit Committee of the
scope and results of internal audit work across the Company and
of the implementation of recommendations. The scope of the work
covers all key activities of the Company and concentrates on higher
risk areas;
• reviews of the scope of the work of the external auditors by the
Audit Committee and any significant issues arising;
• regular reviews by the Board and Audit Committee of identifi ed
fraudulent activity and any whistleblowing by colleagues or
suppliers, and actions being taken to remedy any control
weaknesses;
• reviews by the Audit Committee of accounting policies and levels
of delegated authority; and
• consideration by the Board and by the Audit Committee of the
major risks facing the Group and of the controls and procedures
in place to manage them.
Risk management
The risk management system has been in place throughout the year
and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Financial
Statements. Accepting that risk is an inherent part of doing business,
the system is designed to identify key risks and provide assurance that
these risks are fully understood and managed. It is also supported
by a risk policy and guidelines on how to apply the policy, which are
communicated throughout the Company. The effectiveness of the
process is reviewed twice a year by the Audit Committee which
then reports to the Board.
The Operating Board maintains a risk register which is regularly
reviewed by the Committee and formally discussed with the Board.
The register contains the key risks facing the Company and
identifies the potential impact and likelihood of the risk at both
a gross (pre mitigating controls) and a net (post mitigating controls)
level. Where the net risk requires further actions, these are agreed
with specific timelines. These actions are closely monitored until
they are fully implemented.
32
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
The risk management process is cascaded through each division
and consists of:
• formal identification by the management of each division of the
key risks to achieving their business objectives and the controls
in place to manage them. This identification exercise is achieved
through workshops which are facilitated by Internal Audit. The
likelihood and potential impact of each risk is evaluated and
actions necessary to mitigate them are identified. The risks and
the robustness of the controls mitigating them are regularly
reviewed by the management of each division as part of their
normal business activities; and
• certification by management that they are responsible for
managing the risks to their business objectives and that the
internal controls are such that they provide reasonable but not
absolute assurance that the risks in their areas of responsibility
are appropriately identified, evaluated and managed.
The Operating Board reviews and challenges the output from the
divisional risk process and updates the overall Company risk register
if deemed necessary. Internal Audit provides independent assurance
as to the existence and effectiveness of the risk management
activities described by management.
Investor relations
The Company is committed to maintaining good communications with
investors. Normal shareholder contact is the responsibility of Justin
King, Darren Shapland and Anna Tee, Head of Investor Relations.
The Chairman is generally available to shareholders and meets with
institutional and other large investors as required.
The Company regularly meets with its large investors and institutional
shareholders who, along with sell-side research analysts, are invited to
presentations by the Company immediately after the announcement
of the Company’s interim and full year results. They are also invited
to participate in conference calls following the announcement of the
Company’s trading statements. The content of these presentations
and conference calls are webcast and are posted on the Company’s
website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/investors) so as to be available to
all investors.
The Board regularly receives feedback on the views of major investors
and the Investor Relations programme. In addition, Makinson Cowell
provide investor relations consultancy services to the Company and
give an external analysis to the Board on the views of institutional
investors and sell-side analysts. Non-Executive Directors also receive
regular market reports and broker updates from the Company’s
Investor Relations department.
Shareholders have the opportunity to meet and question the Board at
the AGM, which this year will be held on 14 July 2010. There will be a
display of various aspects of the Company’s activities and Justin King
will make a business presentation. A detailed explanation of each item
of special business to be considered at the AGM is included with the
Notice of Meeting which will be sent to shareholders at least 20
working days before the meeting. All resolutions proposed at the AGM
will be taken on a poll vote. This follows best practice guidelines and
enables the Company to count all votes, not just those of shareholders
who attend the meeting.
Information on matters of particular interest to investors
is set out on pages 104 to 106 and on the Company’s website
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/investors).
Remuneration report
This report is made by the Board on the recommendation of the
Remuneration Committee. The first part of the report sets out the
remuneration policy, while the second part details the remuneration,
pensions and share plan interests of the Directors for the 52 weeks
to 20 March 2010. The Directors confirm that this report has been
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and reflects
the provision of Schedule 8 of the Large & Medium-sized Companies
and Groups (Accounts & Reports) Regulations 2008.
A resolution will be put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
(“AGM”) on 14 July 2010 asking them to approve this report.
Dear Shareholder,
Despite another year of challenging market conditions, Sainsbury’s
has delivered continued strong performance against its targets in
2009/10. The retail sector continues to be one of the most fast-
moving and highly competitive in the UK. However, Sainsbury’s
stable and experienced leadership team has consistently achieved
growth since 2005. The tables below demonstrate the level of
achievement in sales, underlying operating margin and underlying
profit before tax over the last five years.
Like-for-like sales (%)
1 Year LFL
4.34.34.3
2 Year LFL
3 Year LFL
4 Year LFL
5 Year LFL
9.09.09.0
13.2
Underlying operating margin (%)
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
19.9
24.4
2.242.242.24
2.542.542.54
3.00
3.26
3.36
Underlying profit before tax (£m)
2005/06
2006/07
2007/08
2008/09
2009/10
242444244
333333999
434
519
• There has been strong performance against Sainsbury’s bonus
targets for 2009/10. Not only has there been strong growth in
underlying profit before tax, but colleagues have worked hard to
deliver record levels of customer service and product availability.
This has led to the highest bonus pool ever – over £80 million –
being earned this year by around 127,000 colleagues. In respect
of the Executive Directors, their awards were 96.5 per cent of the
maximum bonus opportunity, reflecting the Company’s excellent
business results. A new bonus payment timetable was trialled in
order to make awards closer to the end of the performance period
in which they were earned. We are intending to continue with this
approach for 2010/11.
• Through the Deferred Share Award, Sainsbury’s has continued to
ensure a strong link exists between its incentive framework and its
five core areas of focus. The Company has performed well against
the basket of measures set at the start of the year. The majority
of these objectives have been met or outperformed, laying the
foundation for strong, sustainable growth and long-term
shareholder value. The awards that have been made reflect
this performance.
• The Making Sainsbury’s Great Again Share Plan (“MSGA”) came
to a close at the end of 2008/09, following the full achievement
of its stretching sales and earnings per share performance
conditions. The final set of shares to vest was available for
exercise in May 2009.
• The first cycle of the Value Builder Share Plan, which was launched
in 2006/07, achieved a good level of performance against its
targets, vesting at 92.5 per cent of its maximum opportunity. One
half of the shares to vest became exercisable in May 2009 and the
remaining shares were exercisable in March 2010.
• During the year, a number of participants took the opportunity
to exercise vested nil-cost options to acquire further shares in the
Company; these had been earned through the MSGA and Value
Builder Share Plans. This principle of share ownership is further
reinforced through the use of deferred shares. The Executive
Directors continue to have a high level of shareholding, which
provides close alignment with shareholders’ interests.
The Company is now moving into a key phase of its growth strategy
and the next three years will be critical to its delivery. The Committee
has set incentive plan levels for 2010/11 with this context in mind,
carefully considering the degree of performance that will be required
and the need to secure the existing, high performing leadership team.
The Committee will increase the Executive Directors’ Value Builder
core awards for 2010/11 but, in return, they will now be expected to
hold and maintain a higher level of the Company’s shares. The market
for executive talent in the food retail sector is intensely competitive,
and the Committee will need to remain cognisant of this commercial
reality in the coming years.
In addition, we have reviewed the policy in relation to the termination
provisions for new Executive Directors’ appointments and will bring
these arrangements in line with current best practice guidelines.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
610
There will be no other material changes to our remuneration policy,
framework, incentive plan design or performance measures
for 2010/11.
Building on this context, I would like to share with you some highlights
of the remuneration policy and practice for the last year.
• Despite this strong business performance, the Committee has been
mindful of the current economic climate when reviewing salaries
for 2010/11. No salary increase has been awarded to the Executive
Directors and salary changes have been kept at modest levels
elsewhere in Sainsbury’s.
We are committed to good corporate governance and building on
the existing strong relationships we have with our shareholders and
institutional investors. For a number of years we have looked to
explain the rationale behind our pay practices, and we have further
expanded this year’s Remuneration Report with this objective in mind.
Bob Stack
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
33
Remuneration report continued
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises Bob Stack (Remuneration
Committee Chairman), Anna Ford and Val Gooding, all of whom are
independent Non-Executive Directors. The Committee met four times
in 2009/10.
Tim Fallowfield, Company Secretary, acts as secretary to the
Committee. David Tyler, Justin King and Imelda Walsh, HR Director,
are invited to attend Committee meetings. The Committee considers
their views when reviewing the remuneration of the Executive
Directors and Operating Board Directors. They are not involved in
discussions concerning their own remuneration.
Philip Hampton attended all Committee meetings held during the year
until he left the Company on 31 October 2009.
The responsibilities of the Committee include:
• determining and agreeing with the Board the broad remuneration
policy for the Chairman, Executive Directors and the Operating
Board Directors;
• setting individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman
and Executive Directors;
• recommending and monitoring the level and structure of
remuneration for those members of senior management within the
scope of the Committee, namely the Operating Board Directors and
any other executive whose salary exceeds that of any Operating
Board Director; and
• approving the service agreements of each Executive Director,
including termination arrangements.
The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the Company’s
website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance).
The Committee is authorised by the Board to appoint external
advisers if it considers this beneficial. Over the course of the year,
the Committee was supported by its appointed advisers, Deloitte LLP
(“Deloitte”), whose consultants attended all Committee meetings.
Deloitte provided the Company with unrelated advice and consultancy
regarding information systems strategy and development, retirement
benefit planning, grocery online strategy and across a range of direct
and indirect taxation areas.
Towers Watson provided comparative data which was considered
by the Committee in setting remuneration levels. Total Shareholder
Return (“TSR”) calculations are supplied by UBS, who provided
broking and banking services to the Company during the year.
Remuneration Policy
The Committee considers that the Remuneration Policy should drive
performance and complement the overall strategy of the Company.
It believes that the ongoing growth and success of the Company
during challenging market conditions is testament to this approach.
It is committed to ensuring that the management team is rewarded
for continuing to deliver the Company’s growth plans and long-term
shareholder value. Therefore, the Company’s current arrangements
incorporate performance metrics which are directly linked to the
business strategy and specifically the five areas of focus (as described
in the Business Review) which are directed towards generating good
long-term growth.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
34
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
The Company’s Remuneration Policy is as follows:
It remains the Committee’s intention that Directors’ remuneration
should be competitive, both in terms of base salary and total
remuneration. This approach is designed to promote the Company’s
short and long-term successes through the securing of high calibre
executive talent. This, in turn, is one of the key ways in which
shareholder value can be further created and strengthened.
• Basic salaries should be market competitive, determined by
drawing on a range of factors. The Committee considers data
that takes into account the remuneration of similar executive
roles in similar companies, in addition to the individual’s
experience, potential, performance, job size and scope.
The Committee also has regard to the external business
environment and the general level of increases applied
across the Company.
• The design and scale of pension provision and other employment
benefits should be in line with wider market practice, placing
a particular emphasis on the retail sector.
• Incentive plans should be linked to stretching performance
measures and targets, covering a mix of financial and non-fi nancial
measures. The measures are reviewed and monitored to ensure
that they do not drive unacceptable behaviours or encourage
excessive risk taking. No incentive plan awards are pensionable.
• A significant proportion of the total remuneration package is
performance-related, aligning management’s and shareholders’
interests. Exceptional levels of performance will be rewarded
with exceptional levels of total reward.
• The Committee expects the Executive Directors and Operating
Board Directors to acquire and maintain a shareholding in
the Company sufficient to align their interests with those
of shareholders.
When reviewing or amending remuneration arrangements, the
Committee considers any impact on the cost to the Company,
employee behaviour, stakeholders (including shareholders,
governance bodies and employees), share dilution, best practice
corporate governance and market competitiveness, particularly
within the retail sector.
Components of remuneration
At the end of 2008/09, the Committee undertook a review to assess
the effectiveness of the Company’s Remuneration Policy. This review
highlighted that a restructure of the incentive plan framework was
necessary to create a stronger link to the five areas of focus. While
the changes did not require formal shareholder approval, the views
of the Company’s main investors and governance bodies were sought
prior to implementation. Details of these changes were disclosed in
the 2008/09 report.
The main remuneration components for the Executive Directors
and Operating Board Directors comprise basic salary, incentive plans,
pensions and benefits. The balance between the fixed (basic salary
and pension) and variable (annual bonus, Deferred Share Award and
Value Builder Share Plan) elements of remuneration changes with
performance, and the variable proportion of total remuneration
increases significantly for increased levels of performance.
The Committee believes that it is important to align the interests
of both management and shareholders and therefore a signifi cant
proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration is made in
the form of shares.
The following diagram shows the balance between the fi xed
and variable remuneration components for 2010/11. The analysis
assumes that target performance is achieved and it indicates that
around 60 per cent of the package is variable.
Remuneration report continued
Fixed vs Variable Remuneration (%)
Salary, Pension & Benefits
Bonus
Deferred Share Award
Value Builder Share Plan
100
80
60
40
20
0
Chief Executive
Other Executive
Directors
The sections below describe each component of the Executive
Directors’ remuneration packages.
i) Fixed remuneration
Basic salary
Basic salary for each Executive Director is determined by the
Committee, taking account of a number of factors, including the
Director’s performance, experience, responsibilities and job size
and scope, as well as data from comparable roles in similar
companies. The Committee also reviews Operating Board Directors’
salaries taking similar factors into account. The Committee considers
salary levels in comparable companies by referring to relevant pay
data in the UK retail sector, in companies with annual sales revenues
over £5 billion and also in companies with a market capitalisation of
between £3-£10 billion. This approach ensures that the best available
benchmark for the Director’s specific position is obtained. When
determining Executive Directors’ salaries, the Committee also has
regard to economic factors, remuneration trends and the general
level of salary increases awarded throughout the Company.
The Committee reviewed the salaries of Justin King, Darren Shapland
and Mike Coupe in March 2010 and determined that they should
remain unchanged. This decision reflected a number of considerations
including the external pay and inflation climate in the UK, and the
range of awards made to management and non-management
central colleagues.
Pensions
The Company’s Defi ned Benefit Pension Plan was closed to new
members on 31 January 2002 and Justin King, Darren Shapland
and Mike Coupe do not participate in it. In lieu of pension plan
participation for 2009/10, Justin King received a pension
supplement of 30 per cent of salary. Darren Shapland and Mike
Coupe each received pension supplements of 25 per cent of salary.
Benefi ts
Benefits for Directors include the provision of company car benefi ts,
life assurance, colleague discount and private medical cover.
ii) Variable remuneration — current plans
Annual bonus plan
All bonus plans across the Company are aligned under a set of
common principles. For 2009/10, Board and management plans
retained the same key metrics based on profit and sales growth,
product availability, plus an element for individual performance.
Bonus awards are weighted to the achievement of profit, and it
continues to act as the overall “gateway” measure for the plan
reflecting the emphasis on growing profit. For Executive Directors,
at least half of the bonus is based on profit, and the remainder
is based on sales, product availability and the achievement of
individual objectives.
The profit, sales and availability targets were also shared across all
store colleague bonus plans. Availability is measured across all stores
on a regular basis by an independent third party, conducting random
and unannounced store visits. Individual performance objectives
are set annually for each Executive Director and are reviewed by
the Committee. These objectives cover a variety of fi nancial and
operational targets that contribute to the achievement of longer-term
strategic goals; some of these objectives relate, either directly or
indirectly, to the Company’s corporate values.
The maximum cash bonus that could have been earned for 2009/10
was 125 per cent of salary in respect of Justin King and 80 per cent
of salary in respect of both Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe.
In determining bonus payments for 2009/10, the Committee took into
account performance against each of the plan’s measures in addition
to individual objectives. 2009/10 was another strong year fi nancially
for the Company: the profit target was exceeded, sales grew well in
a challenging climate, and availability in stores improved. As a result,
bonuses of 96.5 per cent of the maximum opportunity were awarded
to the Executive Directors in respect of 2009/10.
The 2009/10 bonus plan for store colleagues was based on the
achievement of a corporate sales target as well as availability and
customer service targets measured in their individual stores. No
bonus awards are paid unless a threshold level of corporate profi t
is met. As a result of strong store and corporate performance in
2009/10, including record levels of customer service and availability,
around 127,000 colleagues earned awards from a bonus pool
totalling over £80 million. This bonus pool is the highest ever;
in 2008/09 a bonus pool of around £60 million was shared by
around 120,000 colleagues.
For 2010/11, the bonus measures will remain unchanged and
the targets will be set at a level to incentivise stretching
year-on-year growth.
Deferred Share Award
Following the remuneration review, the Deferred Share Award (“DSA”)
was introduced to replace the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan at the start
of 2009/10. This incentive arrangement targets a diverse range of
business critical financial and non-financial scorecard measures.
These are intended to reward Directors for driving the short-term
objectives that will directly lead to building the sustainable, long-term
growth of the Company.
The DSA covers broadly the top 40 managers in the Company,
including Executive Directors. Share-based awards will be made
to participants subject to performance against a basket of key
strategic measures which will be aligned under four broad categories:
1. fi nancial performance
2. returns to shareholders
3. relative performance against peers
4. strategic goals
At least 50 per cent of the award will be based on the delivery of
financial performance (e.g. profit, earnings per share and sales) and
returns to shareholders (e.g. TSR and dividend yield). The balance will
be based on measures which will assess the Company’s performance
relative to its competitors (e.g. market share) as well as key strategic/
corporate goals, linked to the five areas of focus. In addition, no
shares will be awarded unless the profit gateway target (as applied
to the annual bonus plan) is achieved.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
35
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
Remuneration report continued
Performance against the targets is measured over one fi nancial year,
but any shares awarded will be deferred for a further two years to
ensure that management’s interests continue to be aligned with
those of shareholders. The shares are subject to forfeiture if the
participant resigns or is dismissed for cause prior to their release
date. Dividends accrue on the shares that vest in the form of
additional shares.
When developing the DSA for 2009/10, the Committee gave careful
consideration to the selection of its performance measures and
targets, as well as to the robustness of the plan design. During the
year, the Committee also conducted an interim appraisal to gauge
the progress of performance and the plan’s effectiveness based on
half year results.
The Company has performed strongly in 2009/10, and this has fl owed
through to the basket of measures that the Committee considered for
the purposes of making awards under the DSA. Although some of the
specific measures and targets are commercially sensitive, the sections
below present a selection of performance highlights within each of
the four categories.
Financial Performance
• Underlying profit before tax improved by 17.5 per cent year-on-year
to £610 million. Despite the dilutive effect of the 78.1 million shares
issued as part of the capital raise in June 2009, earnings per share
increased by 12.7 per cent to 23.9 pence. Profit before tax increased
by 57.3 per cent to £733 million, supported by the surplus on the
revaluation of properties within joint ventures.
Return to Shareholders
• Underpinning performance in the year was a 5.1 per cent rise in
like-for-like sales (including VAT). This is the fifth consecutive year
of growth and it has enabled the Company to maintain a good level of
shareholder returns. The recommended full year dividend of 14.2p
is 7.6 per cent higher than last year. TSR was assessed on both a
relative and absolute basis over one, three and fi ve-year periods.
Relative Performance
• The Company has a 16.1 per cent market share in the UK, up by
0.2 per cent on last year, and therefore sales grew ahead of the
market. Customer transactions are now averaging over 19 million
a week – an increase of one million year-on-year. This demonstrates
the Company’s universal appeal, which has been driven during the
year through a competitive pricing strategy, high profi le marketing
campaigns such as ‘Switch & Save’ and ‘Feed your Family for
a Fiver’, and an increased range of non-food products. The
Company received recognition for the outstanding quality of
its offer by being voted ‘Supermarket of the Year’ at the Retail
Industry Awards.
Strategic Goals
The Company’s strategy centres around five areas of focus. These
areas are underpinned by Sainsbury’s strong heritage and brand
which consistently set it apart from major competitors. Further details
on the corporate objectives are contained on the inside front cover.
• The Company won more Quality Food Awards than any other
retailer in the year, including seven wins from 15 categories for
Value products. It has also been recognised as the world’s largest
retailer of Fairtrade by value. During the year, two key food ranges
were relaunched: ‘Freefrom’ and ‘Be Good to Yourself’, while a
significant number of lines were added to the ‘Basics’ range.
• The Company has developed both its food and complementary
non-food ranges, with non-food growing at a rate three times
that of food. In particular, TU clothing has continued to be the
star performer; the childrenswear range is now ranked seventh
largest in the UK market by volume. Sainsbury’s Bank operating
profit increased to £19 million, with the Bank performing strongly
in the context of the broader economic environment.
• A total of 51 Sainsbury’s Convenience stores opened during
2009/10. This brings the total Convenience estate to 335 stores
36
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
and the Company has plans to open 75 to 100 more in 2010/11.
The grocery online business continues to grow rapidly with sales
up just under 20 per cent and it now reaches nearly 90 per cent of
UK households. During the year, the new non-food online business
was successfully launched and now has over 8,000 products
available nationally.
• The pace of property activity in the year has accelerated, with
over 100 stores either opened or extended, adding over 1.1 million
gross sq ft of new space in total, an increase of 6.8 per cent. The
Company remains on track to deliver 15 per cent growth in the two
years to March 2011. This has enabled the Company to increase its
presence in areas in which it was previously under-represented,
such as Scotland, Wales and South West England. The Company’s
largest store in Northern Ireland opened during the year at
70,000 sq ft.
• The market value of the Company’s freehold property portfolio has
increased to over £9.8 billion. This is an increase of £2.3 billion on
last year, including £0.7 billion of property value from investment
and development activity. There are now 294 wholly-owned
freehold and long leasehold stores, of which 85 per cent have
development potential. Two property joint ventures have made
good progress during the year and now contain 43 supermarkets
in total.
Following the year end, the Committee conducted a rigorous
assessment of performance. Consistent with the underlying principles
of the DSA, the Committee assessed achievements in the round, and
also considered the manner in which these strategic goals had been
delivered, in particular how the overall performance of the Company
had contributed to its future, sustainable growth and success.
The Committee agreed that for 2009/10, the plan would pay out
at 88 per cent of the maximum level. This translates into a share
award of 110 per cent of salary for Justin King and 70 per cent of
salary for Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe.
For 2010/11, shares may be awarded with a value of up to 125 per
cent of salary for Justin King and 80 per cent of salary for Darren
Shapland and Mike Coupe. The Committee has reviewed the DSA’s
performance framework for 2010/11. The four performance categories
and metrics will remain consistent with those agreed for 2009/10.
Long-term Incentive Plan 2006 (“Value Builder Share Plan”)
The top 1,200 managers in the Company participate in the Value
Builder Share Plan, from the Chief Executive to supermarket store
managers. Under the plan, a core award of shares in the Company
is granted to all participants, calculated as a percentage of their
salaries and scaled according to grade. As set out below, dependent
upon performance, core awards can grow by up to four times.
No awards vest for performance below the threshold levels.
As in prior years, the vesting of awards is based on the performance
of two stretching co-dependent measures: Return on Capital
Employed (“ROCE”) and a cash flow per share measure, both of
which are assessed over a three-year performance period. There
is no re-testing. Both the performance measures and the targets
are common for all participants.
These performance measures were selected to build on the sales-led
recovery plan and focus on creating further shareholder value. ROCE
measures the efficiency with which new cash is invested and through
which existing capital delivers profit, driving both cost savings and
operational efficiencies. Cash flow per share captures the Company’s
operational efficiency as well as its ability to generate cash for future
investment or return to shareholders. The plan’s measures are key
indicators of business success and therefore create a direct link
between the interests of management and shareholders.
No awards will vest unless threshold ROCE and cash flow per share
targets are achieved. The performance measures are reviewed each
year by the Committee, before a new grant is made, to ensure that
they remain relevant and stretching.
Remuneration report continued
For the purposes of the Value Builder Share Plan, ROCE is calculated
on a pre-tax, adjusted basis. It is based on shareholders’ proportion
of underlying operating profit for the business, including the share
of underlying profit arising from joint ventures. The capital employed
figure excludes the impact of movements in the IAS 19 pension
deficit and the one-off impact of capital spend in the year in which
the calculation is made.
Cash flow per share is calculated at the end of the performance period
from two components:
• The underlying cash operating profit or loss for the business before
depreciation and amortisation (with all non-cash IAS 19 pensions
accounting entries replaced with the actual cash contributions in
respect of future service benefits to the Company’s defi ned benefi t
pension scheme), less interest and taxes (adjusted to strip out the
impact of one-off items) in the final year of the performance period.
This reflects the Company’s improved ability to generate
sustainable cash fl ows.
• The improvement in normalised working capital over the
performance period. This reflects the Company’s aggregate
contribution to cash from improvements in working capital over
the three-year period.
These components are then added and expressed as a per share
figure. The improvement in cash flow per share is expressed as
a percentage of cash operating profit per share in the base year
and is annualised. The working capital element is capped so as not
to comprise more than one-third of the cash flow per share fi gure
(the two components being considered on an absolute basis).
Performance is measured at the end of the performance period.
Vesting is calculated by applying a performance multiplier to the core
award on a sliding scale up to four times. Straight-line vesting will be
carried out if performance falls between two points. If the required
threshold level of performance has been reached, 50 per cent of the
award will be released at the end of year three. Subject to participants
remaining in employment for a further year, the balance will then be
released. Dividends accrue on the shares that vest in the form of
additional shares.
The Committee has the discretion to make adjustments to the
calculation of the performance measures (for instance for material
acquisitions and disposals) to ensure they remain true and fair
reflections of performance.
The measures were tested in May 2009 in respect of the Value
Builder Share Plan grant made in 2006/07. A pre-tax, adjusted ROCE
of 13.5 per cent was achieved and cash flow per share of 24.7 per cent,
which gave rise to a performance multiplier of 3.7 out of a maximum
four times.
This performance outcome led to the vesting of 92.5 per cent of the
total award for all plan participants, including the Executive Directors.
One half of the award became exercisable in May 2009, with the
remaining portion being exercisable in March 2010. The number of
shares awarded from this grant cycle to Justin King, Darren Shapland
and Mike Coupe is set out on page 41.
In preparation for the 2010/11 Value Builder grant, the Committee
reviewed the Executive Directors’ long-term incentive opportunity,
to provide greater alignment with the level of performance that will
be required to deliver the next phase of the Company’s growth
strategy and to secure the existing high-performing team in a highly
competitive environment. The Committee considered that
shareholders’ interests were best served by a combination of some
increase to awards and a review of the Executive Directors’
shareholding policy (which is set out on page 38). Therefore, it was
concluded that for 2010/11, Justin King will be granted a core award
of 55 per cent of salary; Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe will be
granted a core award of 50 per cent of salary.
The Committee reviewed the performance conditions and the matrix
scale and determined that these will remain unchanged for 2010/11, as
the targets are equally stretching and ambitious. The detail is set out
in the table below.
Pre-tax Adjusted
ROCE
15%
14%
13%
12%
11%
3%
1.5
1.0
0.5
—
—
Cash flow per share percentage
9%
6%
12%
2.5
1.5
1.0
0.5
—
3.0
2.5
1.5
1.0
0.5
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.5
1.0
15%
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.5
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
iii) Variable remuneration — dormant plans
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 2006
The Deferred Annual Bonus Plan previously applied to the top levels
of management, including Executive Directors. Its purpose was to
incentivise growth in relative TSR. However, following last year’s
remuneration review, the Committee concluded that while the plan
had merits (which were supported by the Committee at the time of its
launch), these had been limited by the takeover approaches in relation
to the Company in 2007 and by consolidation in the retail sector.
The plan is now dormant, except for the two deferral cycles that have
yet to end. The last deferral took place in June 2009 using the bonus
awards earned for 2008/09, and no further deferrals will occur.
Under the plan, a percentage of the Executive Directors’ earned
annual bonuses was deferred into the Company’s shares for a period
of three years. The compulsory deferral was 25 per cent of bonus for
Justin King and 20 per cent of bonus for both Darren Shapland and
Mike Coupe. In addition, the Executive Directors could elect to defer
a further proportion of their annual bonus providing it did not exceed
their compulsory deferral level. For the bonus awards relating to
2008/09, all Executive Directors made the maximum voluntary
deferral available under the plan.
Up to two matched shares can be awarded for each bonus share
deferred subject to a relative TSR performance condition, measured
over three financial years against a bespoke UK and European retail
comparator group, as set out on page 99. No matched shares are
awarded for below median performance. Half of the matched shares
may be accessed immediately following the end of the three-year
performance period while the remainder is held over for a further
year. Dividends or their equivalents accrue on the matched shares
that vest. There is no performance re-testing.
The TSR performance condition was tested after the year end in
respect of the deferral made in 2007, which spanned the three
financial years ending on 20 March 2010. The Company’s TSR
performance was below median in the comparator group, to a large
extent reflecting a bid premium in the Company’s share price at the
start of the measurement period. No matched shares vested and
the deferred bonus shares were released to participants shortly
following the year end.
J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005 (“Making Sainsbury’s Great Again
Share Plan”)
The Making Sainsbury’s Great Again Share Plan (“MSGA”) was
launched in 2005 following extensive investor consultation. It was a
one-off incentive arrangement designed to underpin the Company’s
recovery plans by incentivising the delivery of challenging sales and
profit growth targets over four financial years from 2005/06 to
2008/09. The plan covered the Company’s top 1,000 leaders, from
the Chief Executive to supermarket store managers. Its performance
period ended on 21 March 2009 and therefore, participation in it has
now ceased. Details of the plan and its performance conditions are
provided in previous Annual Reports.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
37
Remuneration report continued
Recent long-term incentive plan awards
MSGA Share Plan
awards relate to performance 2005/06 — 2008/09
Nil-cost options exercisable
before end of March 2010
Accelerated vesting
in 2008
Maturity vesting
in 2009
Value Builder Share Plan
XX
awards relate to performance 2006/07 — 2008/09
Holding period
for 50% of award
Nil-cost options exercisable
before end of March 2011
50% vests at end of
performance period
Final vesting
in 2010
Value Builder Share Plan
XX
awards relate to performance 2007/08 — 2009/10
Holding period
for 50% of award
Nil-cost options exercisable
before end of March 2012
50% vests at end of
performance period
Final vesting
in 2011
Performance targets
MGSA:
(i) increase sales
by £2.5bn
(ii) EPS growth
exceeding
25% p.a.
Value Builder:
combination of
stretching ROCE
and cash fl ow per
share targets
March 2005 March 2006 March 2007 March 2008 March 2009 March 2010 March 2011
March 2012
Shareholding guidelines
The Committee introduced shareholding guidelines in 2006/07 to
create greater alignment of the Directors’ interests with those of
shareholders, which is a key objective within the remuneration policy.
It has conducted a review of these guidelines and has determined
that the level of shareholding expected of the Executive Directors
will rise with effect from 2010/11, from 1x salary to 2.5x salary for
the Chief Executive and from 1x salary to 1.5x salary for the other
Executive Directors.
The shareholding guidelines in respect of the Operating Board
Directors will remain unchanged at 1x salary. Newly-appointed
Directors will have five years from their appointment date in which
to build up their shareholding.
The table below sets out the Executive Directors’ shareholdings as
at the year end on 20 March 2010.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Shareholding
1,777,764
885,851
743,769
Valuation1
Percentage
of salary
£5,921,732
£2,950,770
£2,477,495
658%
527%
486%
1
The valuation is calculated against the closing mid-market share price on 19 March 2010
of 333.1 pence.
Dilution
The Company ensures that the level of shares granted under the
Company’s share plans and the means of satisfying such awards
remains within best practice guidelines so that dilution from employee
share awards does not exceed 10 per cent of the Company’s issued
share capital for all-employee share plans and five per cent in respect
of executive share plans in any ten-year rolling period. The Company
monitors dilution levels on a regular basis and the Committee reviews
these at least once a year.
Up to 20 March 2010, an estimated 7.8 per cent of the Company’s
issued share capital has been allocated for the purposes of its all
employee share plans over a ten-year period, and 4.2 per cent in
respect of its executive share plans over a fi ve-year period.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
The plan’s four-year performance targets were tested in May 2009
covering the period to 21 March 2009. Sales growth of over £2.7 billion
and 27.7 per cent growth in earnings per share had been achieved,
which exceeded the plan’s maximum targets and therefore full vesting
occurred. In accordance with the plan’s maturity vesting provisions,
the second fifty per cent of the maximum award was made available
for exercise in May 2009. The first 50 per cent of awards, relating to
the accelerated three-year targets, was first exercisable in May 2008.
Vesting of historical awards
Vested share awards are typically delivered to participants in the form
of nil-cost options, providing individuals with flexibility as to the point
at which they acquire shares. During the past year, a number of
executives took the opportunity to exercise these vested nil-cost
options. These nil-cost options relate to various performance cycles
and incentive plans (MSGA Share Plan and Value Builder Share Plan).
The diagram above summarises recent awards, including the
performance periods to which the relevant vested nil-cost
options relate.
iv)All employee share plans
In order to encourage wider employee share ownership, the Company
provides two all employee share plans for colleagues, namely the
Savings Related Share Option Plan (“SAYE”) and the All Employee
Share Ownership Plan. Executive Directors may participate in these
plans in the same way as all other colleagues. Justin King and Darren
Shapland currently participate in both plans. Mike Coupe participates
in SAYE. As these are all employee plans there are no performance
conditions. The Committee approves the adoption or amendment of
these plans and awards to Executive Directors.
The 2004 (five-year) SAYE reached maturity on 1 March 2010. Around
2,900 colleagues could use their savings and a tax-free bonus to buy
Sainsbury’s shares at the 217.0 pence option price. The 2006 (three
year) SAYE matured at the same time covering around 6,500
colleagues who could use their savings and a tax-free bonus to buy
Sainsbury’s shares at the 328.0 pence option price. Using the market
price on the date of the first exercise, the value of all the shares
subject to the maturity was in excess of £21 million. The Company
currently has over 26,000 colleagues participating in the SAYE with
over 54,000 individual savings contracts.
In August 2008, the Company introduced a matching element to the
partnership element of the All Employee Share Ownership Plan on a
‘buy four get one free’ basis for one year. We have continued this for
a further year. These matching shares must be held for five years to
receive all of the relevant tax benefits and will be forfeited if the
individual resigns from the Company within the first three years.
Justin King and Darren Shapland have each received 115 matching
shares during the year.
38
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Remuneration report continued
Performance graph
The graph below shows the TSR performance of an investment of
£100 in J Sainsbury plc shares over the last five years compared
with an equivalent investment in the FTSE 100 Index. This has been
selected to provide an established and broad-based index.
£
200
150
100
50
Mar 05
Mar 06
Mar 07
Mar 08
Mar 09
Mar 10
J Sainsbury plc
FTSE 100 Index
Service contracts
Justin King has a service contract which can be terminated by either
party by giving 12 months’ written notice. If his service contract is
terminated without cause, the Company can request that he works
his notice period or takes a period of garden leave, or can pay an
amount in lieu of notice equal to one times basic salary for the notice
period plus 75 per cent of basic salary in lieu of all other elements
of remuneration, except share plans. If he is dismissed within six
months of a change of control the above sum will become payable.
The contract contains restrictive covenants, which continue for
12 months after termination.
If the service contracts of either Darren Shapland or Mike Coupe are
terminated without cause, the maximum payment they would receive
would be equal to one times basic salary for the 12-month notice
period plus 50 per cent of basic salary in lieu of all other elements of
remuneration, except share plans. They are required to mitigate their
losses and would receive phased payments, which would be reduced
or terminated if they secured alternative employment during the
notice period. Their contracts also contain restrictive covenants,
which continue for 12 months after termination. The contracts do
not contain any specific provisions relating to change of control.
The Committee has agreed that the termination provisions within
future Executive Directors’ service agreements will state that any
severance payments will be limited to one year’s salary and benefi ts,
be made on a phased basis and be subject to mitigation. As is the
current practice, long-term incentive awards that vest following
a director’s employment termination will continue to be pro-rated
for time and performance. Bonus awards will also be paid subject
to time and performance for the financial year in which office is held.
The Executive Directors’ service contracts became effective on the
following dates:
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Contract
date
29 March 2004
1 August 2005
1 August 2007
External appointments
The Company’s normal practice is that Executive Directors may
take up one public company non-executive role outside the
Company, subject to a consideration of the role and the time
commitment. Directors are entitled to retain the fees earned
from such appointments. Details of the Executive Directors’
external fees are set out on page 40.
Chairman
David Tyler does not have a service contract; his letter of appointment
became effective on 1 October 2009 and he became Chairman on
1 November 2009. Subject to shareholder approval at the AGM, he
has been appointed for an initial term of three years, renewable on
a 12-month rolling basis and thereafter by mutual consent. His
appointment may be terminated at any time upon the serving of
six months’ written notice by either party.
David Tyler was appointed as Chairman on a basic fee of £450,000
per annum. He devotes such time as is necessary to perform his
duties. He does not participate in any performance-related incentive
plans and he does not receive any benefits except for an annual
medical assessment and a colleague discount card.
Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts. They are
appointed for an initial three-year period, which may be extended for
a further term by mutual consent. The initial appointments and any
subsequent re-appointments are subject to election or re-election by
shareholders. Their appointments may be terminated by the serving
of three months’ notice by either party.
Non-Executive Directors receive a basic annual cash fee; additional
fees are paid to the Senior Independent Director and to the Chairmen
of the Audit, Remuneration and Corporate Responsibility Committees.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any performance- related
incentive plans and receive no benefits other than a colleague
discount card.
The Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reviewed in the year by a
sub-committee of the Board, consisting of the Chairman and one or
more Executive Directors. They were last increased in March 2007
and, having regard to the market rates, individual time commitment
in the Company and the specific responsibilities of each role, the
following took effect in September 2009:
Basic fee:
Senior Independent Director fee:
Chairman of Audit Committee fee:
Chairman of Remuneration
Committee fee:
from £50,000 to £55,000
from £10,000 to £15,000
from £10,000 to £15,000
from £10,000 to £15,000
The annual fee for chairing the Corporate Responsibility Committee
remains unchanged at £10,000.
The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment became effective
on the following dates:
Anna Ford
Val Gooding
Mary Harris
Gary Hughes
John McAdam
Bob Stack
Appointment
date
2 May 2006
11 January 2007
1 August 2007
1 January 2005
1 September 2005
1 January 2005
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
39
Remuneration report continued
The following section provides details of the remuneration, pension and share plan interests of the Directors for the 52 weeks ended
20 March 2010 and has been audited.
i) Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the Directors for the year was as follows:
Cash components and benefi ts
Justin King
Mike Coupe
Darren Shapland
David Tyler
Anna Ford
Val Gooding
Mary Harris
Gary Hughes
John McAdam
Bob Stack
Philip Hampton
Total 2010
Total 2009
Note
2,9
7,9
3
4
Salary/fees
£000
Bonus5
£000
supplement6
£000
Benefi ts8
£000
Pension
and
Total
cash
benefi ts
2010
£000
900
510
560
211
62
52
52
65
65
65
243
2,785
2,607
1,085
394
432
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,911
1,501
270
127
140
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
537
501
2,358
1,048
1,148
211
62
52
52
65
65
65
244
5,370
103
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
137
79
New
deferred
share award1
£000
990
359
394
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total1
2010
£000
3,348
1,407
1,542
211
62
52
52
65
65
65
244
1,743
7,113
Total
2009
£000
2,048
937
967
60
50
50
60
60
60
396
4,688
1
The new deferred share award is an award of shares with the value shown above. These shares are retained by the Company for two financial years and will not become exercisable by the participants until
after the year end in 2012. In previous years, participants were granted matching awards under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan which were separately disclosed in the tables of share awards (see below).
No such grants were made in respect of 2009/10; therefore, the totals for 2009 and 2010 are not directly comparable.
2 Highest-paid Director.
3 Appointed to the Board 1 October 2009 and became Chairman on 1 November 2009.
4 Resigned from the Board 1 November 2009.
5 Includes performance bonuses earned in the period under review but paid following the end of the fi nancial year.
6 Justin King is not a member of the Company’s pension plans and received 30 per cent of his basic salary as a cash pension supplement. In addition to this supplement, £450 (2009: £3,000) of interest
has been earned on a notional fund during the year from his previous membership of the Executive Stakeholder Pension Plan. Neither Darren Shapland nor Mike Coupe are members of the Company’s
pension plans – each received 25 per cent of basic salary as a cash pension supplement. Darren Shapland was a member of the Executive Stakeholder Pension Plan until 10 August 2008. Contributions to
the Stakeholder Plan by the Company in 2008/09 in respect of his membership were £5,650. He received a cash pension supplement equal to 25 per cent of the amount by which his salary exceeded the
Company’s earnings cap (2008: £117,600) until that date and a supplement of 25 per cent of his basic salary thereafter.
7 The totals for 2009 in the case of Darren Shapland do not include deductions made from basic salary for Saving Money and Reducing Tax (“SMART”) pensions.
8 Benefits include a combination of cash and non-cash benefits. Non-cash benefits for Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe includes private medical cover. Justin King received non-cash benefits which include
company car benefits and private medical cover. Included within benefits for Justin King is a compensatory payment of £64,638 – this compensated him for the dividends he would have received had he
not been prevented from exercising certain share options due to share dealing restrictions associated with the capital raising announced on 17 June 2009.
9 Directors are entitled to retain the fees earned from non-executive appointments outside the Company. Justin King was appointed a Non-Executive Director of Staples, Inc. on 17 September 2007.
He received US $75,000 for his services during 2009/10 (2009: $75,000). Justin King is also a Director of Olympic Games and Paralympic Games Limited and a member of the London Organising
Committee of the Olympic and Paralympic Games. Justin received £9,500 during the year for his services which was donated directly to charity. Darren Shapland was appointed a Non-Executive Director
of Ladbrokes plc on 18 November 2009 and received £16,600 for his services during 2009/10.
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
ii) Long-term incentive plans
J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005
The table below shows the conditional awards granted under this Plan in 2005.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Date of
grant
Core
share
award
24.03.05
01.08.05
24.03.05
237,508
102,558
118,226
Personal
investment
118,754
70,224
73,891
Share
at
price
date
of
award
pence
293.0
280.5
293.0
Number
of
options
released
13 May 20093
Number
of
dividend
shares
allocated
19 May 20092
831,278
396,843
443,347
104,564
49,917
55,767
1 Performance was tested against the performance targets in May 2009 and the awards vested in full.
2 The five-day average share price from 13 to 19 May 2009 was used to calculate the number of dividend shares to be allocated.
3 The performance conditions attached to the award were sales and earnings per share targets. Further information see pages 96 and 97.
4 The J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005 is a nil-cost option plan. The exercise price is nil.
The following table shows the options that were exercised during the year.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Number
of
options
released
in the
previous year
and held on
21 March 2009
Number of
options
released
during the
year
898,243
935,842
—
—
446,760
499,114
Number of
options
exercised
during the
year
898,701
935,384
446,760
499,114
Mid-market
price on
date of
exercise
pence
322.25
340.61
326.00
322.75
Gains on
option
exercises
£000
2,896
3,186
1,456
1,611
Lapsed
during
the year
Number of
options held
20 March
2010
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Exercise
price
pence
nil
nil
nil
nil
Justin King retained 943,145 shares from the two exercises above. 890,940 shares were sold and part of the proceeds were used to fund the income tax and National Insurance liabilities. Darren Shapland
retained 263,308 shares and Mike Coupe retained 294,165 shares arising out of this release; the remainder was used to fund the income tax and National Insurance charge relating to the release.
The share price on the release date was 335.0 pence.
40
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Remuneration report continued
Long-term Incentive Plan 2006
The table below shows the conditional awards granted under this Plan, which would be released if the Company achieves the performance
targets for maximum vesting.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Date of
grant
Share price at
Maximum date of award
pence
share award1
13.07.06
20.06.07
28.05.08
24.06.09
13.07.06
20.06.07
28.05.08
24.06.09
13.07.06
20.06.07
28.05.08
24.06.09
390,424
380,844
630,876
570,984
188,480
179,220
296,916
284,224
186,384
163,092
281,868
258,844
334.0
583.5
352.0
314.75
334.0
583.5
352.0
314.75
334.0
583.5
352.0
314.75
Number
of shares
lapsed
29,282
-
-
-
14,136
-
-
-
13,979
-
-
-
Number
Number
of
dividend
shares
allocated
of
dividend
shares
allocated
19 May 20092 8 March 20102
20,535
-
-
-
9,913
-
-
-
9,803
-
-
-
23,193
-
-
-
11,196
-
-
-
11,072
-
-
-
First
exercise
date
Last
exercise
date
—
—
—
12.05.10 11.05.12
11.05.11 10.05.13
10.05.12 09.05.14
—
12.05.10 11.05.12
11.05.11 10.05.13
10.05.12 09.05.14
—
12.05.10 11.05.12
11.05.11 10.05.13
10.05.12 09.05.14
—
1 The maximum share award assumes full vesting.
2 The performance conditions attaching to the award are return on capital employed and growth in cash flow per share. Further information is provided on pages 97 and 98. The performance of the
award made in July 2006 was tested and a multiplier of 3.7 was achieved. The number of shares between the maximum multiplier (4.0) and the multiplier achieved have been lapsed. Half of the achieved
award vested in May 2009 whilst the remainder of the achieved award vested in March 2010. The number of dividend shares on the first vesting was determined by a five-day average share price from
13 to 19 May 2009.
The number of dividend shares on the second vesting was determined by a five-day average share price from 1 to 5 March 2010.
3 The Long-term Incentive Plan 2006 is a nil-cost option plan. The exercise price is nil.
The following table shows the options that were exercised during the year.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Number
of options
held
21 March 2009
—
—
—
Number of
options
released
during the
year
201,106
203,764
97,085
98,368
96,005
97,275
Number of
options
exercised
during the
year
201,106
203,764
97,085
98,368
96,005
97,275
Mid-market
price on
date of
exercise
pence
322.25
337.4
326.0
337.4
322.75
337.4
Gains on
option
exercises
£000
Lapsed
during
the year
Number of
options held
20 March
2010
Exercise
price
pence
648
687
316
332
310
328
-
—
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t
Justin King retained 203,764 shares from the two exercises above. 201,106 shares were sold and part of the proceeds was used to fund the income tax and National Insurance liabilities. Darren Shapland
retained 155,583 shares and Mike Coupe retained 153,854 shares arising out of these exercises; the remainder was used to fund the income tax and National Insurance charge relating to the releases.
The share price on the first release date was 335.0 pence. The share price on the second release date was 337.4 pence.
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
The table below shows the maximum number of shares conditionally allocated to participants and what would be released to them in the
form of nil-cost options if the Company achieves the performance targets for maximum vesting.
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Date of
grant
20.06.07
20.06.08
24.06.09
20.06.07
20.06.08
24.06.09
20.06.07
20.06.08
24.06.09
Deferred
bonus
share
award
86,026
158,042
81,319
29,033
52,043
24,030
21,294
18,292
23,280
Maximum
matching
share
award
172,052
316,084
275,658
58,066
104,086
81,460
42,588
36,584
78,920
Share
price at
date
of
award
pence
First
exercise
date
Last
exercise
date
583.5 22.03.10 22.03.12
325.75 21.03.11 21.03.13
314.75 20.03.12 20.03.14
583.5 22.03.10 22.03.12
325.75 21.03.11 21.03.13
314.75 20.03.12 20.03.14
583.5 22.03.10 22.03.12
325.75 21.03.11 21.03.13
314.75 20.03.12 20.03.14
1
The maximum matching share award is the maximum award that would become exercisable provided that the Company achieves first position within the comparator group of Ahold, Carrefour, Casino,
Delhaize, DSG International, Home Retail Group, Kingfisher, Marks & Spencer, Metro, Morrisons, Next and Tesco. The Company’s relative performance is determined by reference to TSR.
2 There were no exercises or lapses under this Plan during the year.
3 The 2007 and 2008 deferred bonus share awards were made on a gross basis. The 2009 deferral was made using net income.
4 Since the year end a number of the shares deferred in June 2007 have been sold to fund the participant’s income tax and National Insurance liabilities. The remainder were released to participants.
5 The performance of the awards granted in June 2007 was tested following the year end and no matching shares have been awarded.
6 The exercise price is nil.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
41
Remuneration report continued
iii) Savings Related Share Option Plan (“SAYE”)
At the end of the year, the Directors’ SAYE share options were as follows:
Number of
options
21 March
2009
6,969
2,881
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
-
Number of
options
granted
during
the year
—
-
3,324
3,324
Number of
options
exercised
during
the year
Mid-market
price on
date of
exercise
pence
Gains on
option
exercise
£000
Number of
options
lapsed
during
the year
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Number of
options
20 March
2010
6,969
2,881
3,324
3,324
Exercise
price
pence
Date
from which
exercisable
Date
of expiry
231.0 01.03.11 31.08.11
328.0 01.03.10 31.08.10
273.0 01.03.13 31.08.13
273.0 01.03.13 31.08.13
The Savings Related Share Option Plan is an all employee share option plan and has no performance conditions as per HMRC Regulations.
In the period from 22 March 2009 to 20 March 2010, the highest mid-market price of the Company’s shares was 347.8 pence and the lowest
mid-market price was 303.3 pence. At 20 March 2010 the Company’s share price was 333.1 pence.
iv) Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors and their families in the shares of the Company are shown below:
Justin King
Darren Shapland
Mike Coupe
Anna Ford
Val Gooding
David Tyler1
Mary Harris
Gary Hughes
John McAdam
Bob Stack3
shares1
21 March 2009 20 March 2010
Ordinary
12 May 20104
548,962 1,777,764 1,742,526
874,014
885,851
422,355
735,024
743,769
410,878
1,000
1,320
50,000
5,000
21,510
1,000
2,800
1,000
1,320
50,000
5,000
25,455
1,000
2,800
1,000
1,320
50,000
5,000
25,455
1,000
2,800
1 Ordinary shares are beneficial holdings which include the Directors’ personal holdings and those of their spouses and minor children. They also include the beneficial interests in shares which are held
in trust under the Sainsbury’s Share Purchase Plan. Shares held by David Tyler at appointment.
2 The totals above for Justin King, Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe include the deferred annual bonus shares were purchased under the Plan, which have to be held until the end of the performance period.
3 Held in the form of 700 American Depository Receipts.
4 Shares deferred in 2007 under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan were released to participants and a number of shares sold to fund income tax and National Insurance liabilities following the year end.
The total includes shares purchased under the Sainsbury’s Share Purchase Plan between 20 March 2010 and 11 May 2010.
5 The Executive Directors are potential beneficiaries of the Company’s employee benefit trust, which is used to satisfy awards under the Company’s employee share plans, and they are therefore treated
as interested in the 6.2 million shares (2009: 9.7 million) held by the Trustees.
Approved by the Board on 12 May 2010
Bob Stack
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
t
r
o
p
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
42
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the
Remuneration report and the financial statements in accordance with
applicable law and regulations.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on
pages 24 and 25 confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
• the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the
Group; and
• the Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report includes a fair
review of the development and performance of the business and
the position of the Group, together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.
By order of the Board
Tim Fallowfi eld
Company Secretary
Company law requires the Directors to prepare fi nancial statements
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to
prepare the Company and Group financial statements in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted
by the European Union. Under company law the Directors must not
approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and
the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently;
• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable
and prudent;
• state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union
have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed
and explained in the financial statements; and
• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless
it is inappropriate to presume that the Company and the Group will
continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company and the
Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any
time the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable
them to ensure that the financial statements and the Remuneration
report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
43
Independent Auditors’ report to the members
of J Sainsbury plc
Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
• the part of the Remuneration report to be audited has been
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006;
and
• the information given in the Directors’ report for the fi nancial year
for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with
the fi nancial statements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if,
in our opinion:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company,
or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from
branches not visited by us; or
• the Company financial statements and the part of the
Remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with
the accounting records and returns; or
• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law
are not made; or
• we have not received all the information and explanations we
require for our audit.
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
• the Directors’ statement, set out on page 28, in relation to going
concern; and
• the parts of the Statement of corporate governance relating to the
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the June 2008
Combined Code specified for our review.
Robert Milburn (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
12 May 2010
We have audited the financial statements of J Sainsbury plc for the
52 weeks ended 20 March 2010 which comprise the Group income
statement, the Group and Company Statements of comprehensive
income, the Group and Company Balance sheets, the Group and
Company Cash flow statements, the Group and Company Statement
of changes in equity and the related notes. The fi nancial reporting
framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable
law and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”)
as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the Company
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions
of the Companies Act 2006.
Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
set out on page 43, the Directors are responsible for the preparation
of the Annual Report, the Remuneration report and fi nancial
statements. The Directors are responsible for being satisfied that the
financial statements give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to
audit the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical
Standards for Auditors.
This report, including the opinion, has been prepared for and only for
the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do
not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown
or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by
our prior consent in writing.
Scope of the audit of the fi nancial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable
assurance that the financial statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate
to the Group’s and the Company’s circumstances and have been
consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness
of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the
overall presentation of the fi nancial statements.
Opinion on fi nancial statements
In our opinion:
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of
the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 20 March 2010
and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s and Company’s cash
flows for the 52 weeks then ended;
• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;
• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies
Act 2006; and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the lAS Regulation.
Notes:
(a)The maintenance and integrity of the J Sainsbury plc website is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditors does
not involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred
to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the website.
(b)Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation
in other jurisdictions.
44
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
i
c
l
p
y
r
u
b
s
n
a
S
J
f
o
s
r
e
b
m
e
m
e
h
t
o
t
t
r
o
p
e
r
’
s
r
o
t
i
d
u
A
t
n
e
d
n
e
p
e
d
n
I
Group income statement
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profi t
Administrative expenses
Other income
Operating profi t
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of post-tax profit/(loss) from joint ventures
Profit before taxation
Analysed as:
Underlying profit before tax1
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing (charge)/credit
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Income tax expense
Profit for the fi nancial year
Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted
Underlying basic1
Underlying diluted1
1 The previous period is restated for the change in the definition of underlying profit before tax as described in note 3.
Note
4
2010
£m
2009
£m
19,964
(18,882)
18,911
(17,875)
1,082
(399)
27
710
33
(148)
138
733
610
27
123
(15)
(24)
12
733
1,036
(420)
57
673
52
(148)
(111)
466
519
57
(124)
(10)
24
–
466
5
6
6
14
3
3
3
3
3
8
(148)
(177)
9
585
289
pence
32.1
31.6
23.9
23.6
pence
16.6
16.4
21.2
20.9
G
r
o
u
p
i
n
c
o
m
e
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
45
Statements of comprehensive income
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefit pension schemes
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements
Group
Joint ventures1
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of fair value movements
Group
Joint ventures1
Current tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income
Deferred tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income
8
8
Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period (net of tax)
Note
Group
2010
£m
585
Group
2009
£m
289
Company
2010
£m
250
Company
2009
£m
165
30
(173)
(903)
43
24
(3)
16
21
(72)
(16)
(21)
9
(11)
257
(685)
7
(1)
6
(1)
(1)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period
513
(396)
256
164
1 For details of the reclassification of certain offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses in the prior period, see note 2.
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
46
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Balance sheets
At 20 March 2010 and 21 March 2009
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in joint ventures
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Other receivables
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Deferred income tax asset
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current assets held for sale
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Taxes payable
Provisions
Net current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Deferred income tax liability
Provisions
Retirement benefi t obligations
Net assets
Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
Note
11
12
13
14
15
17
29
21
16
17
29
26b
18
19
20
29
22
19
20
29
21
22
30
23
23
24
24
25
42
7,262
91
7
1,050
31
1
8,484
380
37
460
877
877
9,361
(3,489)
(43)
(49)
111
(1)
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
Group
2010
£m
8,203
144
-
449
150
36
20
-
9,002
702
215
43
837
1,797
56
1,853
7,821
160
-
288
97
45
31
-
8,442
689
195
59
627
1,570
21
1,591
42
-
7,276
91
24
1,115
19
1
8,568
-
566
32
670
1,268
1,268
9,836
10,855
10,033
(2,466)
(73)
(41)
(200)
(13)
(2,488)
(154)
(56)
(202)
(19)
(4,460)
(3)
(40)
(7)
(1)
(2,793)
(2,919)
(4,511)
(3,471)
(940)
(1,328)
(3,243)
(2,594)
(106)
(2,357)
(2)
(144)
(66)
(421)
(92)
(2,177)
(8)
(95)
(57)
(309)
(821)
(323)
-
-
(24)
-
(2,037)
(27)
(3,096)
(2,738)
(1,168)
(2,064)
4,966
4,376
4,157
3,826
532
1,033
680
(242)
2,963
4,966
501
909
680
(191)
2,477
4,376
532
1,033
680
26
1,886
4,157
501
909
680
(1)
1,737
3,826
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 May 2010, and are signed on its behalf by:
Justin King Chief Executive
Darren Shapland Chief Financial Offi cer
l
B
a
a
n
c
e
s
h
e
e
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
47
Cash fl ow statements
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Corporation tax paid
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other assets
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets
Acquisition of and investment in subsidiaries and businesses, net of cash acquired
Investment in joint ventures
Investment in fi nancial assets
Interest received
Dividends received
Net cash from investing activities
Cash flows from fi nancing activities
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
Repayment of short-term borrowings
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Repayment of long-term borrowings
Repayment of capital element of obligations under finance lease payments
Interest elements of obligations under finance lease payments
Dividends paid
Net cash from fi nancing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Note
26
12,13
10
Group
2010
£m
1,206
(111)
(89)
1,006
(1,036)
(11)
139
-
(2)
(10)
18
2
(900)
250
-
(36)
235
(74)
(2)
(3)
(241)
129
235
599
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
1,206
(128)
(160)
918
(966)
(10)
390
(10)
(291)
(8)
13
3
(879)
15
43
-
152
(30)
-
(3)
(218)
(41)
(251)
(40)
(291)
-
-
-
(5)
-
(10)
83
252
320
250
-
(35)
235
(21)
-
-
(241)
188
203
(57)
(160)
(14)
86
(8)
70
250
398
15
35
(218)
(168)
(2)
217
216
601
452
236
Closing cash and cash equivalents
26
834
599
669
452
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
w
o
fl
h
s
a
C
48
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Group statement of changes in equity
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Called up
share
capital
£m
Share
premium
account
£m
Note
Capital
redemption
and other
reserves
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
equity
£m
501
909
489
2,477
4,376
At 22 March 2009
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefit pension schemes (net of tax)
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of changes in fair value (net of tax)
Group
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the 52 weeks
to 20 March 2010
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid
Convertible bond — equity component
Amortisation of convertible bond equity component
Share-based payment (net of tax)
Shares issued
Transfer to retained earnings
Shares vested
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefit pension schemes (net of tax)
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures1
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of changes in fair value (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures1
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the 52 weeks
to 21 March 2009
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid
Share-based payment (net of tax)
Shares vested
24
24
24
24
10
31
23,24
24
23,25
24
24
24
24
24
10
31
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
22
-
-
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
113
-
-
11
532
1,033
-
585
585
(125)
32
24
(3)
-
-
-
-
(125)
32
24
(3)
(72)
585
513
-
24
(3)
-
102
(102)
-
-
438
(241)
-
3
44
-
102
12
(19)
(241)
24
-
44
237
-
12
1
2,963
4,966
499
896
1,174
2,366
4,935
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13
-
289
289
(650)
(12)
(21)
9
(11)
-
-
-
-
-
(650)
(12)
(21)
9
(11)
(685)
289
(396)
-
-
-
-
(218)
40
45
(45)
(218)
40
45
(30)
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
23,25
At 21 March 2009
501
909
489
2,477
4,376
1 For details of the reclassification of certain offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses in the prior period, see note 2.
G
r
o
u
p
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
c
h
a
n
g
e
s
i
n
e
q
u
i
t
y
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
49
Company statement of changes in equity
for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010
At 22 March 2009
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the 52 weeks
to 20 March 2010
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid
Convertible bond – equity component
Amortisation of convertible bond equity component
Shares issued
Transfer to retained earnings
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
Utilised in respect of share option schemes
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the
52 weeks to 21 March 2009
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
At 21 March 2009
Called up
share
capital
£m
Share
premium
account
£m
Note
Capital
redemption
and other
reserves
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
equity
£m
501
909
679
1,737
3,826
24
10
23,24
24
23,25
24
10
23,25
-
-
-
-
-
-
22
-
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
113
-
11
-
532
1,033
-
6
6
-
24
(3)
102
(102)
-
-
706
250
250
-
6
250
256
(241)
-
3
-
102
42
(7)
(241)
24
-
237
-
62
(7)
1,886
4,157
499
896
680
1,697
3,772
-
-
-
-
2
501
-
-
-
-
13
909
-
(1)
(1)
-
-
165
165
-
(1)
165
164
(218)
93
(218)
108
679
1,737
3,826
y
t
i
u
q
e
n
i
s
e
g
n
a
h
c
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
y
n
a
p
m
o
C
50
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements
1 General information
J Sainsbury plc is a public limited company (“Company”) incorporated
in the United Kingdom, whose shares are publicly traded on the
London Stock Exchange. The Company is domiciled in the United
Kingdom and its registered address is 33 Holborn, London EC1N 2HT,
United Kingdom.
The financial year represents the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010 (prior
financial year 52 weeks to 21 March 2009). The consolidated fi nancial
statements for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010 comprise the fi nancial
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (“Group”) and the
Group’s interests in joint ventures.
The Group’s principal activities are grocery and related retailing.
2 Accounting policies
(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as
adopted by the European Union and International Financial Reporting
Interpretations Committee (“IFRICs”) interpretations and with those
parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting
under IFRSs. The Company’s financial statements have been
prepared on the same basis and, as permitted by Section 408(3)
of the Companies Act 2006, no income statement is presented for
the Company.
(b) Basis of preparation
The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the
nearest million (£m) unless otherwise stated. They have been
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative
financial instruments, investment properties, available-for-sale
financial assets, share-based payments and retirement benefi t plan
assets that have been measured at fair value.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs
requires the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and associated
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other
factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances,
the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent
from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or
areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the
financial statements are disclosed in note 2c.
New standards, interpretations and amendments to
published standards
Effective for the Group in these fi nancial statements:
• Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’
Previously IFRS 2 described the treatment of a failure to meet
a vesting condition, but was not explicit about the accounting
consequences of a failure to meet a condition other than a vesting
condition. Under the Amendment, where the entity or counterparty
can choose to meet a non-vesting condition, a failure by the entity
or the counterparty to meet the non-vesting condition will be
treated as a cancellation. If neither the entity nor the counterparty
has the choice as to whether to meet a non-vesting condition,
a failure to meet this non-vesting condition does not have any
accounting impact.
If a cancellation by either party occurs, the entity recognises
the amount of expense that would have been recognised over
the remaining vesting period. The grant date fair value should
incorporate an estimate of the number of employees who will
cease to contribute to the scheme otherwise than through
termination of employment before the options vest. The
amendment to IFRS 2 affects the Group’s Save As You Earn
(“SAYE”) scheme. The implementation of the amendment has
had no material impact on prior year fi nancial statements.
• IAS 1 (revised) ‘Presentation of fi nancial statements’
The revised standard requires ‘non-owner changes in equity’
to be presented separately from owner changes in equity.
All ‘non-owner changes in equity’ are required to be shown
in a performance statement.
The Group has elected to present two statements: an income
statement and a statement of comprehensive income. The
financial statements have been prepared under the revised
disclosure requirements.
• IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’
IFRS 8 replaces IAS 14 ‘Segment reporting’. It requires a
‘management approach’ under which segment information is
presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting
purposes. The adoption of IFRS 8 has resulted in no change in
the reportable segments presented.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker
(“CODM”). The CODM has been identified as the Group’s Operating
Board. Details of the Group’s Operating Board are available on
page 26 of the Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010.
• IFRIC 13 ‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’
IFRIC 13 requires customer loyalty credits to be accounted for as
a separate component of the sales transaction in which they are
granted. A portion of the fair value of the consideration received
is allocated to the loyalty credits and deferred over the period that
the loyalty credits are redeemed. The implementation of IFRIC 13
has had no material impact on the fi nancial statements.
The following new standards, interpretations and amendments to
published standards are effective for the Group for the fi nancial year
beginning 22 March 2009, but are not currently relevant for the
Group or do not have a significant impact on the Group’s fi nancial
statements, apart from additional disclosures:
• Revised IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’, amendments
to IAS 1 relating to the disclosure of puttable instruments and
obligations arising on liquidation
• Revised IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and separate fi nancial statements’
relating to the cost of an investment on first time adoption
• Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’
relating to puttable instruments and obligations arising on
liquidation
• Amendment to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’
• IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defi ned Benefi t Asset,
Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’
• IFRIC 15 ‘Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate’
• IFRIC 16 ‘Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’
• Amendments to various IFRSs and IASs arising from
May 2008 Annual Improvements to IFRSs
• IFRIC 18 ‘Transfer of Assets from Customers’
• Amendment to IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
51
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
2 Accounting policies continued
Effective for the Group for the financial year beginning
21 March 2010:
• Amendments to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ arising from
April 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs and Amendments
relating to group cash-settled share-based payment transactions
• Revised IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’, Comprehensive and
consequential amendments to IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate
Financial Statements’, IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates’ and
IAS 31 ‘Interests in Joint Ventures’
• Amendments to IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale
and Discontinued Operations’ arising from May 2008 Annual
Improvements to IFRSs
• Amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition
and Measurement’
• IFRIC 17 ‘Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners’
• IFRIC 18 ‘Transfers of Assets from Customers’
• Amendments to various IFRSs and IASs arising from
April 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs
The Group has considered the above new standards, interpretations
and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective
and concluded that except for the amendment to IAS 1 ‘Presentation
of Financial Statements’, they are either not relevant to the Group or
that they would not have a significant impact on the Group’s fi nancial
statements, apart from additional disclosures.
The IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ amendment provides
clarification that the potential settlement of a liability by the issue of
equity is not relevant to its classification as current or non-current.
The convertible bond issued by the Group in 2009 will fall within the
scope of this amendment when it is adopted in the fi nancial year
beginning 21 March 2010. This amendment is not expected to have
a material impact on the Group’s fi nancial statements.
Effective for the Group for future fi nancial years:
• IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments – Classification and Measurement’
• Revised IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ defi nition of
related parties
• Amendments to IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defi ned Benefi t
Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’
• IFRIC 19 ‘Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments’
The accounting policies set out below and in note 3 have been applied
consistently to all periods presented in the financial statements and
have been applied consistently by the Group and the Company.
Consolidation
The Group’s financial statements include the results of the Company
and all its subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share of the post-tax
results of its joint ventures.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to
govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying
a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The results
of subsidiaries are included in the Group income statement from the
date of acquisition, or in the case of disposals, up to the effective
date of disposal. Intercompany transactions and balances between
Group companies are eliminated upon consolidation.
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the
acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of acquisition is
measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments
issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange,
plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifi able assets
and liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at the acquisition
date. The excess of cost over the fair value of the Group’s share of
identifiable assets and liabilities acquired is recorded as goodwill.
52
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less any impairment
loss in the financial statements of the Company.
Joint ventures
Joint ventures are jointly controlled entities in which the Group has
an interest. The Group’s share of the results of its joint ventures are
included in the Group income statement using the equity method of
accounting. Where the Group transacts with a joint venture, profi ts
and losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the
joint venture. Losses may provide evidence of an impairment of
the assets transferred in which case appropriate provision is made
for impairment.
Investments in joint ventures are carried in the Group balance sheet
at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net
assets of the entity, less any impairment in value.
Investments in joint ventures are carried at cost less any impairment
loss in the financial statements of the Company.
Foreign currencies
Foreign operations
On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are
translated into sterling at year-end exchange rates. The results
of foreign operations are translated into sterling at average rates
of exchange for the year. The functional currency of the Company
is sterling.
Exchange differences arising from the retranslation at year-end
exchange rates of the net investment in foreign operations, less
exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings or forward
contracts which are in substance part of the net investment in
a foreign operation, are taken to equity and are reported in the
statement of comprehensive income.
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at
the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet
date are translated at the exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign
exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the
income statement.
Revenue
Revenue consists of sales through retail outlets and excludes Value
Added Tax. Sales through retail outlets are shown net of the cost of
Nectar reward points issued and redeemed, staff discounts, vouchers
and sales made on an agency basis. Commission income is recognised
in revenue based on the terms of the contract.
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of
goods and services have been passed to the buyer and it can be
measured reliably.
Interest income is recognised in the income statement for all
instruments measured at amortised cost using the effective interest
method. This calculation takes into account interest received or paid
and fees and commissions received or paid that are integral to the
yield as well as incremental transaction costs.
Fees and commissions earned by Sainsbury’s Bank, that are not
integral to the yield, are recognised in the income statement as the
service is provided. Where there is a risk of potential claw back, an
appropriate element of the insurance commission receivable is
deferred and amortised over the expected average life of the
underlying loan.
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
2 Accounting policies continued
Cost of sales
Cost of sales consists of all costs to the point of sale including
warehouse and transportation costs and all the costs of operating
retail outlets.
within the income statement but is excluded from underlying profi t in
order to provide a clear and consistent presentation of the underlying
performance of Sainsbury’s ongoing business for shareholders.
Currently the only investment properties the Group holds are those
contained within its joint ventures with Land Securities Group PLC
and British Land PLC.
Supplier incentives, rebates and discounts are recognised within cost
of sales based on the expected entitlement at the balance sheet date.
The accrued value at the reporting date is included in prepayments
and accrued income.
Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings
Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and any recognised impairment loss. Properties in the course of
construction are held at cost less any recognised impairment loss.
Cost includes directly attributable costs and borrowing costs
capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.
Fixtures, equipment and vehicles
Fixtures, equipment and vehicles are held at cost less accumulated
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.
Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost of the assets to their
residual values, on a straight-line method on the following bases:
• Freehold buildings and leasehold properties – 50 years, or the
lease term if shorter
• Fixtures, equipment and vehicles – 3 to 15 years
• Freehold land is not depreciated
Land and buildings under construction and non-current assets held
for sale are not depreciated.
Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds
with the asset’s carrying amount and are recognised within
operating profi t.
Intangible assets
Pharmacy licences
Pharmacy licences are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation
and any impairment loss and amortised on a straight-line basis over
their useful economic life of 15 years within cost of sales.
Computer software
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation
and any impairment loss. Externally-acquired computer software
and software licences are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line
basis over their useful economic lives of five to seven years. Costs
relating to development of computer software for internal use are
capitalised once the recognition criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’
are met. When the software is available for its intended use, these
costs are amortised over the estimated useful life of the software
within administrative expenses.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration
of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net
identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill is recognised as an asset on the Group’s balance sheet in the
year in which it arises. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and
again whenever indicators of impairment are detected and is carried
at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
Investment property
Investment properties are those properties held for capital appreciation
and/or to earn rental income. They are initially measured at cost,
including related transaction costs. After initial recognition at cost,
they are carried at their fair values based on market value determined
by professional valuers at each reporting date. The difference
between the fair value of an investment property at the reporting
date and its carrying amount prior to re-measurement is included
Impairment of non-fi nancial assets
At each full year balance sheet date, and again whenever indicators
of impairment are detected, the Group reviews the carrying amounts
of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is
any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss.
If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset, which
is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use,
is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss.
Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent
from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the
cash-generating unit (“CGU”) to which the asset belongs. For tangible
and intangible assets excluding goodwill, the CGU is deemed to be
each trading store. For goodwill, the CGU is deemed to be each retail
chain of stores acquired.
Any impairment charge is recognised in the income statement in
the year in which it occurs. Where an impairment loss, other than an
impairment loss on goodwill, subsequently reverses due to a change
in the original estimate, the carrying amount of the asset is increased
to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount.
Capitalisation of interest
Interest costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or
construction of qualifying assets are capitalised to the cost of the
asset, gross of tax relief.
Non-current assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as assets held for sale and stated
at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell
if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale
transaction rather than through continuing use.
Leased assets
Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the lease
transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the
Group. All other leases are classified as operating leases. For property
leases, the land and building elements are treated separately to
determine the appropriate lease classifi cation.
Finance leases
Assets funded through finance leases are capitalised as property,
plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful
lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter. The amount capitalised
is the lower of the fair value of the asset or the present value of the
minimum lease payments during the lease term at the inception of the
lease. The resulting lease obligations are included in liabilities net of
finance charges. Finance costs on finance leases are charged directly
to the income statement.
Operating leases
Assets leased under operating leases are not recorded on the balance
sheet. Rental payments are charged directly to the income statement.
Lease incentives
Lease incentives primarily include up-front cash payments or
rent-free periods. Lease incentives are capitalised and spread over
the period of the lease term.
Leases with predetermined fixed rental increases
The Group has a number of leases with predetermined fi xed rental
increases. These rental increases are accounted for on a straight-line
basis over the term of the lease.
Operating lease income
Operating lease income consists of rentals from sub-tenant
agreements and is recognised as earned.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
53
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
2 Accounting policies continued
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Inventories at warehouses are valued on a fi rst-in, fi rst-out basis.
Inventories at retail outlets are valued at calculated average cost
prices. Cost includes all direct expenditure and other appropriate
attributable costs incurred in bringing inventories to their present
location and condition.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, demand
deposits, investments in money market funds and deposits
and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an
insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are
repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s
cash management are included as a component of cash and
cash equivalents for the purposes of the cash fl ow statement.
Current taxation
Current tax is accounted for on the basis of tax laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Current tax is
charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates
to items charged to equity, in which case the current tax is also dealt
with in equity.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is accounted for on the basis of temporary differences
arising from differences between the tax base and accounting base
of assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax is recognised for all temporary differences, except to
the extent where it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or
a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at
the time of transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable
profit. It is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset
is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable
that future taxable profits will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except
when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.
Employee benefi ts
Pensions
The Group operates various defi ned benefit and defi ned contribution
pension schemes for its employees. A defi ned benefit scheme is a
pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an
employee will receive on retirement. A defined contribution scheme
is a pension plan under which the Group pays fi xed contributions
into a separate entity.
In respect of defi ned benefit pension schemes, the pension scheme
surplus or deficit recognised in the balance sheet represents the
difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present
value of the defi ned benefit obligation at the balance sheet date.
The defi ned benefit obligation is actuarially calculated on an annual
basis using the projected unit credit method. Plan assets are recorded
at fair value.
The income statement charge is split between an operating service
cost and a financing charge, which is the net of interest cost on
pension scheme liabilities and expected return on plan assets.
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in
which they arise, in the statement of other comprehensive income.
Payments to defined contribution pension schemes are charged
as an expense as they fall due. Any contributions unpaid at the
balance sheet date are included as an accrual as at that date.
The Group has no further payment obligations once the
contributions have been paid.
Long-service awards
The costs of long-service awards are accrued over the period the
service is provided by the employee.
Share-based payments
The Group provides benefits to employees (including Directors) of
the Group in the form of equity-settled and cash-settled share-based
payment transactions, whereby employees render services in
exchange for shares, rights over shares or the value of those shares
in cash terms.
For equity-settled share-based payments the fair value of the
employee services rendered is determined by reference to the fair
value of the shares awarded or options granted, excluding the impact
of any non-market vesting conditions. All share options are valued
using an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo). This
fair value is charged to the income statement over the vesting period
of the share-based payment scheme, with the corresponding increase
in equity.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences associated with
investments in subsidiaries, branches, and joint ventures except
where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
For cash-settled share-based payments the fair value of the employee
services rendered is determined at each balance sheet date and the
charge recognised through the income statement over the vesting
period of the share-based payment scheme, with the corresponding
increase in accruals.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when there is a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is
probable that an outflow of economic benefit will be required to
settle the obligation, and where the amount of the obligation can
be reliably estimated.
Onerous leases
Provisions for onerous leases, measured net of expected rental
income, are recognised when the property leased becomes vacant
and is no longer used in the operations of the business. Provisions
for dilapidation costs are recognised on a lease-by-lease basis.
Restructuring and disposal
Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group
has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been
communicated to affected parties.
The value of the charge is adjusted in the income statement over the
remainder of the vesting period to reflect expected and actual levels
of options vesting, with the corresponding adjustments made in
equity and accruals.
Financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at
fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”), loans and receivables, and
available-for-sale (“AFS”). Purchases and sales of ‘financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss’ and AFS investments are recognised
on trade date. Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value
plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value
through profit or loss.
54
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
2 Accounting policies continued
‘Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ include fi nancial
assets held for trading and those designated at fair value through
profit or loss at inception. Derivatives are classified as held for trading
unless they are accounted for as an effective hedging instrument.
‘Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ are recorded at
fair value, with any gains or losses recognised in the income statement
in the period in which they arise.
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fi xed
or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.
The Group has no intention of trading these loans and receivables.
Subsequent to initial recognition, these assets are carried at
amortised cost less impairment using the effective interest method.
Income from these financial assets is calculated on an effective yield
basis and is recognised in the income statement.
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either
designated in this category or not classified in any of the other
categories. They are included in non-current assets unless
management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months
of the balance sheet date. Subsequent to initial recognition, these
assets are recorded at fair value with the movements in fair value
recognised in other comprehensive income until the fi nancial asset
is derecognised or impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss
previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised
in the income statement. Dividends on AFS equity instruments are
recognised in the income statement when the entity’s right to
receive payment is established. Interest on AFS debt instruments
is recognised using the effective interest method.
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash
flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has
transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently
at amortised cost using the effective interest method less provision
for impairment.
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded initially at
fair value, which is generally the proceeds received, net of direct issue
costs. Subsequently, these liabilities are held at amortised cost using
the effective interest method.
Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or
redemption and direct issue costs are accounted for on an accrual
basis to the income statement using the effective interest method
and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent
that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.
The fair value of the liability component of a convertible bond is
determined using the market interest rate for an equivalent non-
convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an
amortised cost basis until extinguished on conversion or maturity
of the bonds. The remainder of the proceeds are allocated to the
conversion option. This is recognised and included in shareholders’
equity, net of income tax effects and is not subsequently re-measured.
Issue costs are apportioned between the liability and the equity
components of the convertible loan notes based on their carrying
amounts at the date of issue. The portion relating to the equity
component is charged directly against equity.
Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently
at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Impairment of fi nancial assets
An assessment of whether there is objective evidence of impairment
is carried out for all financial assets or groups of financial assets at
the balance sheet date. This assessment may be of individual assets
(‘individual impairment’) or of a portfolio of assets (‘collective
impairment’). A financial asset or a group of financial assets is
considered to be impaired if, and only if, there is objective evidence
of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after
the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event
(or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash fl ows of
the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be
reliably estimated.
For individual impairment the principal loss event is one or more
missed payments, although other loss events can also be taken
into account, including arrangements in place to pay less than the
contractual payments, fraud and bankruptcy or other fi nancial
difficulty indicators. An assessment of collective impairment will be
made of financial assets with similar risk characteristics. For these
assets, portfolio loss experience is used to provide objective evidence
of impairment.
Where there is objective evidence that an impairment loss exists on
loans and receivables, impairment provisions are made to reduce the
carrying value of financial assets to the present value of estimated
future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective
interest rate.
For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the charge to the
income statement reflects the movement in the level of provisions
made, together with amounts written off net of recoveries in the year.
In the case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a
significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the asset below
its cost is considered in determining whether the asset is impaired.
If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the
cumulative loss is removed from equity and recognised in the income
statement. The cumulative loss is measured as the difference between
the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss
on that financial asset previously recognised in the income statement.
Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity
instruments are not reversed. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value
of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the
increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the
impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the
impairment loss is reversed through the income statement.
Interest will continue to accrue on all financial assets, based on the
written-down balance. Interest is calculated using the rate of interest
used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring
the impairment loss. To the extent that a provision may be increased
or decreased in subsequent periods, the recognition of interest will
be based on the latest balance net of provision.
Fair value estimation
The methods and assumptions applied in determining the fair values
of financial assets and financial liabilities are disclosed in note 29.
Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group’s activities expose it to financial risks associated with
movements in exchange rates and interest rates. The Group uses
foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swap contracts
to hedge these exposures. The use of financial derivatives is governed
by the Group’s treasury policies, as approved by the Board. The Group
does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
55
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
2 Accounting policies continued
All derivative financial instruments are initially measured at fair
value on the contract date and are also measured at fair value
at subsequent reporting dates.
Hedge relationships are classified as cash flow hedges where the
derivative financial instruments hedge the exchange rate risk of
future highly probable inventory purchases denominated in foreign
currency. Changes in the fair value of derivative fi nancial instruments
that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash fl ows are
recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective
portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the cash
flow hedge of a firm commitment or forecasted transaction results in
the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, then, at the time
the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses
on the derivative that had previously been recognised in other
comprehensive income are included in the initial measurement
of the asset or liability.
Hedge relationships are classified as fair value hedges where the
derivative financial instruments hedge the change in the fair value
of a financial asset or liability due to movements in interest rates.
The changes in fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised
in the income statement.
The hedged item is also adjusted for changes in fair value attributable
to the hedged risk, with the corresponding adjustment made in the
income statement.
To qualify for hedge accounting, the Group documents at the
inception of the hedge, the hedging risk management strategy, the
relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item
or transaction and the nature of the risks being hedged. The Group
also documents the assessment of the effectiveness of the hedging
relationship, to show that the hedge has been and will be highly
effective on an ongoing basis.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that
do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income
statement as finance income or costs as they arise.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument
expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifi es for
hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the
hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income is
retained in equity until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain
or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred to
the income statement for the period.
Offsetting fi nancial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported
in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset
the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net
basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
(c) Judgements and estimates
The Group makes judgements and assumptions concerning the future
that impact the application of policies and reported amounts. The
resulting accounting estimates calculated using these judgements
and assumptions will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual
results but are based on historical experience and expectations of
future events.
The judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty that
have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the fi nancial
statements are discussed below.
56
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Goodwill impairment
The Group is required to assess whether goodwill has suffered any
impairment loss, based on the recoverable amount of its CGUs.
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs have been determined based
on value in use calculations and these calculations require the use
of estimates in relation to future cash flows and suitable discount
rates as disclosed in note 12. Actual outcomes could vary from
these estimates.
Impairment of assets
Financial and non-financial assets are subject to impairment reviews
based on whether current or future events and circumstances suggest
that their recoverable amount may be less than their carrying value.
Recoverable amount is based on a calculation of expected future cash
flows which includes management assumptions and estimates of
future performance.
Post-employment benefi ts
The Group operates various defi ned benefit schemes for its employees.
The present value of the schemes’ liabilities recognised at the balance
sheet date is dependent on interest rates of high quality corporate
bonds. The net financing charge recognised in the income statement
is dependent on the interest rate of high quality corporate bonds and
an expectation of the weighted average returns on the assets within
the schemes. Other key assumptions within this calculation are
based on market conditions or estimates of future events, including
mortality rates, as set out in note 30.
Provisions
Provisions have been made for onerous leases, dilapidations,
restructuring and disposal costs. These provisions are estimates
and the actual costs and timing of future cash flows are dependent
on future events. Any difference between expectations and the
actual future liability will be accounted for in the period when such
determination is made. Detail of provisions are set out in note 22.
Income taxes
The Group recognises expected liabilities for tax based on an
estimation of the likely taxes due, which requires signifi cant
judgement as to the ultimate tax determination of certain items.
Where the actual liability arising from these issues differs from these
estimates, such differences will have an impact on income tax and
deferred tax provisions in the period when such determination is
made. Detail of the tax charge and deferred tax are set out in notes
8 and 21 respectively.
Reclassification of certain offsetting foreign exchange
gains and losses
The amounts presented for previous periods reflect the reclassifi cation
of certain offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses on available-
for-sale (“AFS”) financial assets and the related cash flow hedges of
Sainsbury’s Bank plc which were previously recognised in equity
rather than in the income statement. Accordingly, for the 52 weeks
to 21 March 2009, the losses on AFS assets have been increased and
those on cash flow hedges reduced by £21 million. For the 52 weeks
to 22 March 2008, the losses on AFS assets have been increased and
those on cash flow hedges reduced by £58 million. These adjustments
have no impact on total comprehensive income/(expense), total equity
or net assets for either period and the amounts now recognised in the
income statement are fully offset within the share of post-tax profi t/
(loss) from joint ventures.
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
3 Non-GAAP performance measures
Certain items recognised in reported profit before tax can vary significantly from year to year and therefore create volatility in reported
earnings which does not reflect the Group’s underlying performance. The Directors believe that the ‘underlying profit before tax’ (“UPBT”)
and ‘underlying diluted and basic earnings per share’ measures presented provide a clear and consistent presentation of the underlying
performance of Sainsbury’s ongoing business for shareholders. As communicated at the time of the 2008/09 year-end announcement,
the financing element of IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ pensions accounting has been excluded from UPBT. Comparative amounts have been
restated to reflect this change to the definition of UPBT. Underlying profit is not defined by IFRSs, and therefore may not be directly
comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profit measures of other companies. The adjusted items are:
• Profit/loss on sale of properties;
• Investment property fair value movements – these movements reflect the difference between the fair value of an investment property
at the reporting date and its carrying amount at the previous reporting date;
• Financing fair value movements – these movements are fair value gains and losses on non-derivative financial assets and liabilities carried
at amortised cost, on derivatives relating to financing activities and on hedged items in fair value hedges;
• Impairment of goodwill;
• The financing element of IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefi ts’; and
• One-off items – these items are material and infrequent in nature.
The adjustments made to reported profit before tax to arrive at underlying profit before tax are:
Underlying profit before tax
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements1
IAS 19 pension fi nancing (charge)/credit
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Total adjustments
Profit before tax
2010
£m
610
27
123
(15)
(24)
12
123
733
2009
£m
519
57
(124)
(10)
24
(53)
466
1
Financing fair value movements for the financial year comprised £(12) million for the Group (2009: £(7) million) and £(3) million for the joint ventures (2009: £(3) million).
Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
The Group has reversed £12 million of costs associated with the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) dairy inquiry, in line with the OFT’s announcement
in April 2010.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
57
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
4 Segment reporting
The Group’s businesses are organised into three operating segments:
• Retailing (Supermarkets and Convenience);
• Financial services (Sainsbury’s Bank joint venture); and
• Property investment (British Land joint venture and Land Securities joint venture).
Management have determined the operating segments based on the information provided to the Operating Board (the CODM) to make
operational decisions on the management of the Group. All material operations and assets are in the UK. The business of the Group is
not subject to highly seasonal fluctuations although there is an increase in trading in the period leading up to Christmas.
The Group has continued to include additional voluntary disclosure analysing the Group’s Financial Services and Property joint ventures
into separate reportable segments.
Revenue from operating segments is measured on a basis consistent with the income statement. All revenue is generated by the sale of goods
and services.
Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable
basis. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for
more than one period.
The Operating Board assesses the performance of Retailing on the basis of profit generated by the sales and the costs directly attributable
to that segment which are contained within underlying profit. The reconciliation provided below reconciles underlying operating profi t from
each of the segments disclosed to profit before tax.
52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Segment revenue
Underlying operating profi t
Underlying fi nance income
Underlying fi nance costs
Underlying share of post-tax profit from joint ventures
Underlying profit before tax
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing charge
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Profit before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the fi nancial year
Assets
Investment in joint ventures
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Other segment items
Capital expenditure1
Depreciation expense
Amortisation expense
Provision for impairment of receivables
Share-based payments
1 Capital expenditure consists of property, plant and equipment additions of £992 million and intangibles additions of £11 million.
Retailing
£m
19,964
671
33
(112)
-
592
27
-
(12)
(24)
12
595
10,406
-
10,406
5,889
1,003
466
13
1
42
Financial
services
£m
Property
investments
£m
Group
£m
-
-
-
-
7
7
-
-
-
-
-
7
-
102
102
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
19,964
-
-
-
11
11
-
123
(3)
-
-
131
-
347
347
-
-
-
-
-
-
671
33
(112)
18
610
27
123
(15)
(24)
12
733
(148)
585
10,406
449
10,855
5,889
1,003
466
13
1
42
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
58
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
4 Segment reporting continued
52 weeks to 21 March 2009
Segment revenue
Underlying operating profi t
Underlying fi nance income2
Underlying fi nance costs
Underlying share of post-tax profit from joint ventures
Underlying profit before tax2
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing credit
Profit/(loss) before tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the fi nancial year
Assets
Investment in joint ventures
Segment assets
Segment liabilities
Other segment items
Capital expenditure3
Depreciation expense
Amortisation expense
Provision for impairment of receivables
Share-based payments
Retailing
£m
18,911
616
28
(141)
-
503
57
-
(7)
24
577
9,745
1
9,746
5,657
1,105
453
15
1
40
Financial
services
£m
Property
investments
£m
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
4
-
72
72
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
12
-
(124)
(3)
-
(115)
-
215
215
-
-
-
-
-
-
Group
£m
18,911
616
28
(141)
16
519
57
(124)
(10)
24
466
(177)
289
9,745
288
10,033
5,657
1,105
453
15
1
40
2 Underlying finance income and underlying profit before tax have been restated due to the change in the definition of underlying profit before tax, see note 3.
3 Capital expenditure consists of property, plant and equipment additions of £1,081 million, property, plant and equipment acquired through business combinations of £4 million,
intangibles additions of £10 million and intangibles generated through business combinations of £10 million.
Due to the nature of its activities, the Group is not reliant on any individual major customers.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
59
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
5 Operating profi t
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items:
Employee costs (note 7)
Depreciation expense (note 11)
Amortisation expense (note 12)
Profit on sale of properties (note 3)
Charges relating to the impairment of receivables
Provision for diminution in value of investment in joint venture
Operating lease rentals — land and buildings
— other leases
— sublease payments received
Foreign exchange gains
Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry (note 3)
Group
Auditors’ remuneration
Audit and audit related services
Fees payable to the Company auditor for the audit of the Group and the Company fi nancial statements
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Audit related services pursuant to legislation
Non-audit services
Fees payable to the Company auditor and its associates for other services as detailed below:
Tax services
All other services
6 Finance income and fi nance costs
Interest on bank deposits and other fi nancial assets
IAS 19 pension financing credit (note 30)
Finance income
Borrowing costs
Secured borrowings
Unsecured borrowings
Obligations under fi nance leases
Provisions — amortisation of discount (note 22)
Interest capitalised – qualifying assets
IAS 19 pension financing charge (note 30)
Financing fair value movements1
Finance costs
2010
£m
2009
£m
2,075
466
13
(27)
1
1
388
54
(37)
(6)
(12)
2,003
453
15
(57)
1
344
52
(39)
(10)
2010
£m
2009
£m
0.2
0.5
0.1
-
0.5
1.3
2010
£m
33
-
33
(75)
(47)
(3)
(2)
(127)
15
(24)
(12)
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.6
0.3
1.7
2009
£m
28
24
52
(119)
(33)
(3)
(1)
(156)
15
(7)
(148)
(148)
1 Fair value movements relate to fair value adjustments on non-derivative financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost and on derivatives relating to financing activities and hedged items
in fair value hedges.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
60
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
7 Employee costs
Employee costs for the Group during the year amounted to:
Wages and salaries, including bonus and termination benefi ts
Social security costs
Pension costs — defined contribution schemes
Pension costs — defi ned benefit schemes (note 30)
Share-based payments expense (note 31)
The average number of employees, including Directors, during the year were:
Full-time
Part-time
Full-time equivalent
All employees were employed in the United Kingdom for the periods presented.
8 Income tax expense
Current tax expense
Current year
Over provision in prior years
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Under provision in prior years
Total income tax expense in income statement
Income tax expense on underlying profi t1
Tax on items below:
Profit on sale of properties
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing (charge)/credit
Total income tax expense in income statement
1 Tax charge attributable to underlying profit before tax, restated for the change in the definition of underlying profit before tax, see note 3.
2010
£m
2009
£m
1,823
128
33
49
42
2,075
1,758
121
31
53
40
2,003
Number
000’s
Number
000’s
47.3
99.6
146.9
97.3
49.7
98.8
148.5
97.3
2010
£m
152
(73)
79
38
31
69
2009
£m
171
(25)
146
24
7
31
148
177
174
151
(15)
(4)
(7)
148
21
(2)
7
177
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
61
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
8 Income tax expense continued
The effective tax rate of 20.2 per cent (2009: 38.0 per cent) is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are
explained below:
Profit before taxation
Income tax at UK corporation tax rate of 28.00% (2009: 28.05%1)
Effects of:
Disallowed depreciation on UK properties
Non-deductible expenses
Investment property fair value movements
Over provision in prior years
Share of results of joint ventures
Other
Total income tax expense in income statement
2010
£m
733
205
22
7
(34)
(42)
(4)
(6)
2009
£m
466
131
20
9
35
(18)
(2)
2
148
177
1 The income tax rate of 28.05% is slightly higher than the 28% statutory tax rate due to the historic rate of 30% applying between 23 March 2008 and 31 March 2008 inclusive.
Income tax charged or credited to equity during the year is as follows:
Share based
payments
£m
Pension AFS fair value
movements
scheme
£m
£m
52 weeks to 20 March 2010
Current tax recognised in equity
Deferred tax recognised in equity
Income tax charged to equity
52 weeks to 21 March 2009
Current tax
Current tax prior year adjustment
Current tax recognised in equity
Deferred tax
Deferred tax prior year adjustment
Deferred tax recognised in equity
Income tax charged to equity
(3)
1
(2)
(3)
3
-
2
(2)
-
-
(17)
(31)
(48)
-
-
-
(253)
-
(253)
1
10
11
-
-
-
(4)
-
(4)
Total
£m
(19)
(20)
(39)
(3)
3
-
(255)
(2)
(257)
(253)
(4)
(257)
The current and deferred tax in relation to the Group’s defi ned benefit pension schemes’ actuarial gains and losses and AFS fair value
movements have been charged or credited through other comprehensive income.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
62
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
9 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan trusts (note 25), which are treated
as cancelled.
For diluted earnings per share, the earnings attributable to the ordinary shareholders are adjusted by the interest on the convertible bonds
(net of tax). The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary
shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s
ordinary shares during the year and the number of shares that would be issued if all convertible bonds are assumed to be converted.
Underlying earnings per share is provided by excluding the effect of any profit or loss on sale of properties, investment property fair value
movements, impairment of goodwill, financing fair value movements, IAS 19 pension financing element and one-off items that are material
and infrequent in nature. This alternative measure of earnings per share is presented to reflect the Group’s underlying trading performance.
All operations are continuing for the periods presented.
Weighted average number of shares in issue
Weighted average number of dilutive share options
Weighted average number of dilutive convertible bonds
Total number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share
Profit for the fi nancial year
Add: interest on convertible bonds, net of tax
Diluted earnings for calculating diluted earnings per share
Profit for the financial period attributable to equity holders of the parent
(Less)/add (net of tax):
Profit on sale of properties
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
IAS 19 pension fi nancing charge/(credit)
One-off item: Office of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
Underlying profit after tax1
Add: interest on convertible bonds, net of tax
Diluted underlying profit after tax1
Basic earnings
Diluted earnings
Underlying basic earnings1
Underlying diluted earnings1
2010
million
1,821.7
16.0
34.9
2009
million
1,738.5
24.7
1,872.6
1,763.2
£m
585
6
591
£m
585
(42)
(123)
11
17
(12)
436
6
442
£m
289
289
£m
289
(36)
124
8
(17)
368
368
pence
per share
pence
per share
32.1
31.6
23.9
23.6
16.6
16.4
21.2
20.9
Underlying profit after tax and diluted underlying profit after tax for the previous period have been restated for the change in the definition of underlying profit after tax, as described in note 3.
1
10 Dividend
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:
Final dividend of prior fi nancial year
Interim dividend of current fi nancial year
2010
pence
per share
2009
pence
per share
9.60
4.00
9.00
3.60
13.60
12.60
2010
£m
167
74
241
2009
£m
155
63
218
After the balance sheet date, a final dividend of 10.20 pence per share (2009: 9.60 pence per share) was proposed by the Directors in respect
of the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010, resulting in a total final proposed dividend of £189 million (2009: £167 million). The proposed fi nal dividend
has not been included as a liability at 20 March 2010.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
63
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
11 Property, plant and equipment
Cost
At 22 March 2009
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
At 20 March 2010
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 22 March 2009
Depreciation expense for the year
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
At 20 March 2010
Group
Land and
buildings
£m
Group
Fixtures and
equipment
£m
Group
Total
£m
Company
Land and
buildings
£m
7,454
624
(95)
(56)
7,927
1,206
125
(14)
(8)
1,309
4,897
368
(130)
(6)
12,351
992
(225)
(62)
5,129
13,056
3,324
341
(118)
(3)
3,544
4,530
466
(132)
(11)
4,853
45
-
-
-
45
3
-
-
-
3
Net book value at 20 March 2010
6,618
1,585
8,203
42
Capital work-in-progress included above
354
94
448
-
Cost
At 23 March 2008
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
At 21 March 2009
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 23 March 2008
Depreciation expense for the year
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
At 21 March 2009
7,068
626
4
(225)
(19)
4,677
455
-
(233)
(2)
11,745
1,081
4
(458)
(21)
7,454
4,897
12,351
1,123
113
(28)
(2)
3,198
340
(212)
(2)
4,321
453
(240)
(4)
1,206
3,324
4,530
Net book value at 21 March 2009
6,248
1,573
7,821
Capital work-in-progress included above
428
121
549
117
-
-
(72)
-
45
8
1
(6)
-
3
42
-
The net book value of land and buildings comprised:
Freehold land and building
Long leasehold
Short leasehold
Group
2010
£m
5,046
1,013
559
6,618
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
4,777
951
520
6,248
42
-
-
42
42
42
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
64
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
11 Property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
In accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’, the Group has determined that for the purposes of impairment testing, each store is
a cash-generating unit (“CGU”). CGUs are tested for impairment at each reporting date if there are indications of impairment.
The recoverable amounts for the CGUs are based on value in use which is calculated on the cash flows expected to be generated by the units
using the latest budget and forecast data, the results of which are reviewed by the Board. The key assumptions in the value in use calculation
are the discount rate, growth rates and expected changes in margin. Changes in income and expenditure are based on past experience and
expectations of future changes in the market. The forecasts are extrapolated beyond five years based on estimated long-term growth rates
of three per cent to four per cent. The discount rate is based on the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of ten per cent (2009:
ten per cent).
Interest capitalised
Interest capitalised included in additions amounted to £15 million (2009: £15 million) for the Group and £nil (2009: £nil) for the Company.
Accumulated interest capitalised included in the cost of property, plant and equipment net of disposals amounted to £267 million (2009:
£255 million) for the Group and £nil (2009: £nil) for the Company. The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs
eligible for capitalisation is 4.0 per cent (2009: 6.5 per cent).
Security
Property, plant and equipment of 129 (2009: 128) supermarket properties, with a net book value of £2,344 million (2009: £2,330 million)
has been pledged as security for the long-term financing (note 20).
In addition, property, plant and equipment of a further six supermarket properties, with a net book value of £70 million (2009: £71 million)
has been pledged as security to underpin the residual value guarantee given by the Group with regards to 16 supermarket properties sold
in March 2000 and ten supermarket properties sold in July 2000.
Analysis of assets held under finance leases — Group
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net book value
12 Intangible assets
Cost
At 22 March 2009
Additions
Disposals
At 20 March 2010
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 22 March 2009
Amortisation expense for the year
At 20 March 2010
Net book value at 20 March 2010
Cost
At 23 March 2008
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses
Disposals
At 21 March 2009
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 23 March 2008
Amortisation expense for the year
Disposals
At 21 March 2009
Net book value at 21 March 2009
2010
Land and
buildings
£m
2010
Fixtures and
equipment
£m
50
(22)
28
15
(1)
14
2010
Total
£m
65
(23)
42
2009
Land and
buildings
£m
2009
Fixtures and
equipment
£m
50
(21)
29
-
-
-
Goodwill
£m
Pharmacy
licences
£m
Software
£m
114
-
(14)
100
-
-
-
100
114
-
10
(10)
114
-
-
-
-
114
35
1
-
36
22
2
24
12
36
-
-
(1)
35
20
3
(1)
22
13
131
10
-
141
98
11
109
32
121
10
-
-
131
86
12
-
98
33
2009
Total
£m
50
(21)
29
Total
£m
280
11
(14)
277
120
13
133
144
271
10
10
(11)
280
106
15
(1)
120
160
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
65
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
12 Intangible assets continued
The goodwill balance above relates primarily to the Group’s acquisition of Bells Stores Ltd, Jacksons Stores Ltd, JB Beaumont Ltd, SL Shaw Ltd,
Culcheth Provision Stores Ltd, Town Centre Retail (Bicester) Ltd, SW Dewsbury Ltd and Portfolio Investments Ltd and is allocated to the
respective cash-generating units (“CGUs”) within the retailing segment. The CGUs for this purpose are deemed to be the respective acquired
retail chains of stores. The value of the goodwill was tested for impairment during the current financial year by means of comparing the
recoverable amount of each CGU to the carrying value of its goodwill.
To calculate the CGU’s value in use, Board approved cash flows for the following financial year are assumed to inflate at the long-term average
growth rate for the UK food retail sector and are discounted at a pre-tax rate of ten per cent (2009: ten per cent) over a 25 year period.
Changes in income and expenditure are based on past experience and expectations of future changes in the market. Based on the operating
performance of the respective CGUs, no impairment loss was deemed necessary in the current financial year (2009: £nil).
13 Investments in subsidiaries
Shares in subsidiaries — Company
Beginning of year
Additions
Disposal of subsidiaries
Provision for diminution in value of investment
End of year
The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries, all of which are directly owned by the Company, are:
JS Insurance Ltd
JS Information Systems Ltd
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Ltd
2010
£m
2009
£m
7,262
339
(165)
(160)
7,276
7,169
93
7,262
Share of
ordinary
allotted
capital and
voting rights
Country of
registration or
incorporation
100% Isle of Man
England
100%
England
100%
All principal operating subsidiaries operate in the countries of their registration or incorporation, and have been consolidated up to and as at
20 March 2010. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 to disclose a list comprising solely
of the principal subsidiaries. A full list of subsidiaries will be sent to Companies House with the next annual return.
14 Investments in joint ventures
At 22 March 2009
Additions in year
Provision for diminution in value of investment
Share of retained profi t
Underlying profit after tax
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
Dividends received
Movements in other comprehensive income (note 24)
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Additions in year
Share of retained loss
Underlying profit after tax
Investment property fair value movements
Financing fair value movements
Dividends received
Unrealised profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Movements in other comprehensive income (note 24)
At 21 March 2009
66
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Group
shares
at cost
£m
429
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
431
138
291
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
429
Group share
of post-
acquisition
reserves
£m
(141)
-
(1)
18
123
(3)
138
(2)
24
18
10
-
16
(124)
(3)
(111)
(3)
(5)
(32)
(141)
Group
Total
£m
288
2
(1)
18
123
(3)
138
(2)
24
449
148
291
16
(124)
(3)
(111)
(3)
(5)
(32)
288
Company
shares
at cost
£m
91
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
91
91
-
-
-
-
-
91
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
14 Investments in joint ventures continued
The Group’s principal joint ventures were:
The Harvest Limited Partnership (property investment — UK)
BL Sainsbury Superstores Limited (property investment — UK)
Sainsbury’s Bank plc (financial services — UK)
Share of
ordinary
Year-end allotted capital
Country of
registration or
incorporation
31 March
31 March
31 December
50%
50%
50%
England
England
England
Where relevant, management accounts for the joint ventures have been used to include the results up to 20 March 2010.
The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of its principal joint ventures are detailed below:
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Income
Expenses
Investment property fair value movements
Profit/(loss) after tax
2010
£m
1,611
1,824
(2,092)
(899)
2009
£m
1,398
1,494
(1,800)
(809)
444
283
186
(171)
123
138
239
(226)
(124)
(111)
Investments in joint ventures at 20 March 2010 include £5 million of goodwill (2009: £5 million).
15 Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Non–current
Interest bearing fi nancial assets
Other fi nancial asset
Group
2010
£m
24
126
150
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
7
90
97
24
-
24
7
7
The majority of available-for-sale financial assets are denominated in sterling.
The other financial asset represents the Group’s beneficial interest in a commercial property investment pool. The fair value of the other
financial asset is based on discounted cash flows assuming a property rental growth rate of 3.1 per cent (2009: 2.8 per cent) and a weighted
average cost of capital of ten per cent (2009: ten per cent). There were no disposals or impairment provisions on available-for-sale fi nancial
assets in either the current or the previous financial year (see note 28 for sensitivity analysis).
16 Inventories
Goods held for resale
2010
£m
702
2009
£m
689
The amount of inventories recognised as an expense and charged to cost of sales for the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010 was £15,192 million
(2009: £14,490 million).
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
67
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
17 Receivables
Trade and other receivables
Non-current
Amounts due from Group entities
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Current
Trade receivables
Amounts due from Group entities
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Group
2010
£m
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
—
35
35
1
36
71
—
101
172
43
215
45
45
45
49
88
137
58
195
1,080
35
1,115
—
1,115
1,005
45
1,050
1,050
—
545
21
566
—
566
369
11
380
380
Non-current other receivables of £35 million (2009: £45 million) comprise £5 million of floating rate subordinated undated loan capital
(2009: £15 million) and £30 million of floating rate subordinated dated loan capital due from Sainsbury’s Bank plc (2009: £30 million)
(note 32). Current other receivables include £20 million of floating rate subordinated undated loan capital due from Sainsbury’s Bank plc
(2009: £10 million) (note 32).
Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are on commercial terms. Current other receivables are generally non-interest bearing.
The Group’s exposure to credit risk arising from its retail operations is minimal given that the customer base is large and unrelated and that
the overwhelming majority of customer transactions are settled through cash or secure electronic means. New parties wishing to obtain
credit terms with the Group are credit checked prior to invoices being raised and credit limits are determined on an individual basis.
The Group has trade and other receivables of £5 million (2009: £5 million) that are past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of
independent receivables for whom there is no recent history of default. These have not been provided for as there has not been a signifi cant
change in the credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.
The ageing analysis of these trade and other receivables are as follows:
Up to 8 weeks
Over 8 weeks
2010
£m
5
—
5
2009
£m
5
5
Group trade and other receivables of £3 million (2009: £2 million) and Company amounts due from Group entities of £nil million (2009:
£8 million) are impaired and provided for. The ageing of these receivables are as follows:
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Current
Up to 8 weeks
8 to 20 weeks
Over 20 weeks
Movements in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables are as follows:
At beginning of year
Additional provision
Release of provision
End of year
Group
2010
£m
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
—
—
1
2
3
Group
2010
£m
2
1
—
3
-
-
-
2
2
—
—
—
—
—
8
8
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
1
1
2
8
—
(8)
—
14
(6)
8
68
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
17 Receivables continued
The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:
Sterling
Euro
US dollar
Group
2010
£m
249
1
1
251
Group
2009
£m
240
-
-
240
Company
2010
£m
1,681
—
—
1,681
Company
2009
£m
1,430
1,430
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and current other receivables are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large and
unrelated. Major counterparties are identified as follows:
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Related parties
2010
Number of
counterparties
2010
Balance
2009
Number of
£m counterparties
2009
Balance
£m
1
1
1
9
18
56
1
1
1
8
18
56
Significant trade receivables identified above relate to amounts receivable from credit card companies.
At 20 March 2010, significant other receivables identified were amounts due from the National Health Service of £18 million (2009: £18 million).
Related party receivables are from the Group’s joint venture, Sainsbury’s Bank plc. Loans are approved by the Investment Committee and are
determined by the Financial Services Authority’s capital funding requirements.
No major counterparty balances are considered overdue or impaired.
18 Non-current assets held for sale
Non-current assets held for sale of £56 million (2009: £21 million) consist of non-current assets relating to properties held in the Retailing
segment. Sale of these assets is expected to occur in the financial year beginning 21 March 2010.
19 Payables
Trade and other payables
Current
Trade payables
Amounts due to Group entities
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Non–current
Amounts due to Group entities
Accruals and deferred income
Group
2010
£m
1,782
—
461
223
2,466
—
106
106
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
1,728
-
508
252
2,488
—
4,446
14
—
4,460
3,479
10
3,489
92
92
821
—
821
2,037
2,037
The Group’s policy on payment of creditors is to agree terms of payment prior to commencing trade with a supplier and to abide by those terms
on the timely submission of satisfactory invoices.
Deferred income relates to the accounting for leases with fixed rental increases and lease incentives on a straight-line basis over the term
of the lease.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
69
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
20 Borrowings
Secured loans
Loan due 2018
Loan due 2031
Unsecured loans
Bank overdrafts
Bank loan
Term loans due 2015
Convertible bond due 2014
Loan notes
Finance lease obligations
Total borrowings
Bank overdrafts
Bank loan
Term loan due 2015
Convertible bond due 2014
Total borrowings
Group
2010
Within
one year
£m
Group
2010
After
one year
£m
Group
2010
Total
£m
Group
2009
Within
one year
£m
Group
2009
After
one year
£m
Group
2009
Total
£m
38
15
1,074
861
1,112
876
3
-
4
1
9
3
-
50
142
171
-
59
3
50
146
172
9
62
37
33
28
35
12
-
8
1
1,105
872
1,142
905
-
-
150
-
2
48
28
35
162
-
10
49
73
2,357
2,430
154
2,177
2,331
Company
2010
Within
one year
£m
Company
2010
After
one year
£m
Company
2010
Total
£m
Company
2009
Within
one year
£m
Company
2009
After
one year
£m
Company
2009
Total
£m
1
-
1
1
3
-
50
102
171
323
1
50
103
172
326
8
35
-
-
43
-
-
-
-
-
8
35
-
-
43
Secured loans
Secured loans are secured on 129 (2009: 128) supermarket properties (note 11) and comprise loans from two fi nance companies:
• a fixed rate amortising loan with an outstanding principal value of £1,100 million (2009: £1,130 million) at a weighted average rate of 4.98
per cent stepping up to 5.36 per cent from April 2013 with an effective interest rate of 5.21 per cent and carrying amount of £1,112 million
(2009: £1,142 million) repayable over eight years; and
• an inflation-linked amortising loan with an outstanding principal value of £850 million (2009: £872 million) at a fixed real rate of 2.36 per
cent where principal and interest are uplifted annually by RPI subject to a cap at five per cent and floor at nil per cent with a carrying
amount of £876 million (2009: £905 million) repayable over 21 years.
Bank overdrafts
Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand and bear interest at a spread above bank base rate.
Bank loan
In May 2009, the Group increased and rolled over a maturing bilateral £35 million bank loan into a new three-year loan of £50 million.
Bank loans due 2015
In January 2010, the Group restructured its existing £150 million bank loan due 2015 into a new £110 million floating rate bank loan due
2015, leaving a £40 million loan due 2015 based on the original floating rate terms subject to a cap rate.
Convertible bond due 2014
In July 2009, the Group issued £190 million of unsecured convertible bonds due July 2014. The bonds pay a coupon of 4.25 per cent payable
semi-annually. Each bond is convertible into ordinary shares of J Sainsbury plc at any time up to 9 July 2014 with an initial conversion price
of 418.5 pence.
The Group has entered into interest rate swaps to convert all of the £190 million convertible bond from fixed to floating rates of interest.
These transactions have been accounted for as fair value hedges (note 29).
The net proceeds of the convertible bond have been split into a liability component of £166 million and an equity component of £24 million.
The equity component represents the fair value of the embedded option to convert the bond into ordinary shares of the Company.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
70
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
20 Borrowings continued
Face value of the convertible bond issued in July 2009
Equity component
Liability component on initial recognition in July 2009
Interest expense
Interest paid
Other1
Liability component at 20 March 2010
1
Other relates to fair value movements and fees.
2010
£m
190
(24)
166
8
(4)
2
172
2009
£m
Undrawn borrowing facilities
The Group maintains three committed revolving credit facilities for standby liquidity purposes including a new £50 million three-year bilateral
facility entered into in May 2009. In February 2010, the Group entered into a new fi ve-year €50 million bilateral term loan. At 20 March 2010,
no advance had been made under the new bank loan.
£400 million revolving credit facility
£163 million revolving credit facility
£50 million bilateral revolving credit facility
No amounts were drawn down on the facilities at 20 March 2010 (2009: nil).
Obligations under fi nance leases
Amounts payable under fi nance leases:
Within 1 year
Within 2 to 5 years inclusive
After 5 years
Less: future fi nance charges
Present value of lease obligations
Disclosed as:
Current
Non-current
Expiry of facility
February 2012
May 2011
May 2012
Minimum
lease
payments
2010
£m
Minimum
lease
payments
2009
£m
Present
value of
minimum
lease
payments
2010
£m
Present
value of
minimum
lease
payments
2009
£m
3
13
46
62
1
1
47
49
7
25
177
209
3
12
177
192
(147)
(143)
62
49
3
59
62
1
48
49
Finance leases have effective interest rates of 4.30 per cent to 9.00 per cent (2009: 4.30 per cent to 8.50 per cent). The average remaining
lease term is 76 years (2009: 77 years).
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
71
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
21 Deferred taxation
The movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the financial year, prior to the offsetting of the balances within the same tax
jurisdiction, are shown below.
Group
Deferred income tax liabilities
At 22 March 2009
(Charge)/credit to income statement
Charge to equity/other comprehensive income
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Credit/(charge) to income statement
Credit to equity/other comprehensive income
At 21 March 2009
Group
Deferred income tax assets
At 22 March 2009
Credit to income statement
Credit/(charge) to equity/other comprehensive income
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
(Charge)/credit to income statement
Credit to equity/other comprehensive income
At 21 March 2009
Net deferred income tax liability
At 20 March 2010
At 21 March 2009
Accelerated tax
depreciation
£m
Fair value
gains
£m
Other
property
£m
Other
£m
Total
£m
(138)
(39)
-
(177)
(165)
27
-
(138)
(26)
-
(10)
(36)
(30)
-
4
(26)
(93)
9
-
(84)
(68)
(25)
-
(93)
(27)
(3)
-
(30)
(39)
12
-
(27)
Retirement
benefi t
obligations
£m
Provisions
£m
Share-based
payment
£m
Capital
losses
£m
3
-
-
3
11
(8)
-
3
87
-
31
118
(129)
(37)
253
87
27
(13)
(1)
13
31
(4)
-
27
72
(23)
-
49
68
4
-
72
(284)
(33)
(10)
(327)
(302)
14
4
(284)
Total
£m
189
(36)
30
183
(19)
(45)
253
189
£m
(144)
(95)
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
72
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
21 Deferred taxation continued
Company
Deferred income tax liabilities
At 22 March 2009
Charge to income statement
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Charge to income statement
At 21 March 2009
Company
Deferred income tax assets
At 22 March 2009
Charge to income statement
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Charge to income statement
At 21 March 2009
Net deferred income tax asset
At 20 March 2010
At 21 March 2009
Other property
£m
(65)
30
(35)
(65)
-
(65)
Fair value
losses
£m
Capital losses
£m
1
-
1
1
-
1
65
(30)
35
65
-
65
Total
£m
(65)
30
(35)
(65)
-
(65)
Total
£m
66
(30)
36
66
-
66
£m
1
1
Deferred income tax assets have been recognised in respect of all income tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred
income tax assets because it is probable that these assets will be recovered. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are only offset where
there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
73
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
22 Provisions
At 22 March 2009
Charge to income statement
Additional provisions
Unused amounts reversed
Utilisation of provision
Amortisation of discount
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Charge to income statement
Additional provisions
Unused amounts reversed
Utilisation of provision
Amortisation of discount
At 21 March 2009
Disclosed as:
Current
Non-current
Group
onerous
leases
£m
Group
restructuring
and disposal
provisions
£m
Group
long-
service
awards
£m
37
19
(1)
(8)
2
49
40
11
(8)
(7)
1
37
32
1
(1)
(9)
-
23
26
7
-
(1)
-
32
7
-
-
-
-
7
7
-
-
-
-
7
Group
total
£m
76
20
(2)
(17)
2
79
73
18
(8)
(8)
1
76
Group
2010
£m
13
66
79
Company
onerous
leases
£m
Company
disposal
provision
£m
Company
total
£m
4
-
-
(1)
-
3
4
-
-
-
-
4
24
-
(1)
(1)
-
22
25
-
-
(1)
-
24
28
(1)
(2)
25
29
-
-
(1)
-
28
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
19
57
76
1
24
25
1
27
28
The onerous lease provision covers residual lease commitments of up to an average of 32 years (2009: 30 years), after allowance for existing
or anticipated sublet rental income.
The restructuring provisions were fully utilised in the financial year ended 20 March 2010. The disposal provisions relate to indemnities
arising from the disposal of subsidiaries, the timing of utilisation of which is uncertain.
Long-service awards are accrued over the period the service is provided by the employee.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
74
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
23 Called up share capital and share premium account
Group and Company
Authorised share capital
Ordinary shares of 284/7 pence each (2009: 284/7 pence)
Preference B shares of 35 pence each (2009: 35 pence)
Called up share capital
Allotted and fully paid — ordinary shares
Share premium account
Share premium
The movements in the called up share capital and share premium account are set out below:
At 22 March 2009
Issue of shares
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
At 21 March 2009
2010
million
2009
million
2010
£m
2009
£m
2,450
2,100
2,450
2,100
700
735
700
735
1,860
1,753
532
501
1,033
909
Ordinary
shares
million
1,753
78
29
1,860
1,747
6
1,753
Ordinary
shares
£m
501
22
9
532
499
2
501
Share
premium
£m
909
113
11
1,033
896
13
909
On 22 June 2009, J Sainsbury plc issued 78.1 million ordinary shares with a nominal value of 284/7 pence each at £3.10 per share via an equity
placing. This resulted in an increase in ordinary share capital of £22 million and share premium of £113 million net of transaction costs.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
75
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
24 Capital redemption and other reserves
Group
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
Group
Currency
translation
reserve
£m
Group
Acturial
(losses)/
gains
£m
Group
Available-for-
sale assets
£m
Group
Cash fl ow
hedge
reserve
£m
Group
Merger
reserve
£m
Group
Convertible
bond
reserve
£m
At 22 March 2009
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefi t pension
schemes (net of tax)
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value
movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures (note 14)
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of fair
value movements (net of tax)
Group
Placing and open offer
Transfer to retained earnings
Convertible bond – equity component
Amortisation of convertible bond equity
680
(1)
(223)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(125)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
At 20 March 2010
680
(1)
(348)
At 23 March 2008
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefi t pension
schemes (net of tax)
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value
movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures (note 14)1
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of fair value
movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures (note 14)1
At 21 March 20091
At 25 March 2007
B shares redemption
Actuarial losses on defi ned benefi t pension
schemes (net of tax)
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value
movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures (note 14)1
Cash flow hedges: effective portion of fair
value movements (net of tax)
Group
Joint ventures (note 14)1
At 22 March 20081
680
(1)
427
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(650)
-
-
-
-
680
(1)
(223)
670
10
(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
37
-
390
-
-
-
-
680
(1)
427
1 For details of the reclassification of certain offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses, see note 2.
33
-
32
24
-
-
-
-
-
89
66
-
(12)
(21)
-
-
33
107
-
-
(31)
(10)
-
-
66
-
-
-
-
(3)
-
-
-
-
(3)
2
-
-
-
9
(11)
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
102
(102)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
24
(3)
21
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Group
total other
reserves
£m
(191)
(125)
32
24
(3)
102
(102)
24
(3)
(242)
494
(650)
(12)
(21)
9
(11)
(191)
143
-
390
(31)
(10)
2
-
494
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
76
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
24 Capital redemption and other reserves continued
At 22 March 2009
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
Placing and open offer
Transfer to retained earnings
Convertible bond — equity component
Amortisation of convertible bond equity
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Available-for-sale financial assets: fair value movements (net of tax)
At 21 March 2009
Company
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
Company
Available-for-
sale assets
£m
Company
Merger
reserve
£m
Company
Convertible
bond reserve
£m
Company
Total other
reserves
£m
680
-
-
-
-
-
680
680
-
680
(1)
6
-
-
-
-
5
-
(1)
(1)
-
-
102
(102)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
24
(3)
21
-
-
-
(1)
6
102
(102)
24
(3)
26
-
(1)
(1)
Capital redemption reserve represents the redemption of B shares. Shareholders approved a £680 million return of share capital, by way
of a B share scheme, at the Company’s Extraordinary General Meeting on 12 July 2004. 1,943,173,266 B shares were issued on 19 July 2004.
Shareholders owning 320,050,073 B shares elected to receive the initial dividend payment of 35 pence each and these shares were
subsequently converted to deferred shares. The remaining shares were redeemed at a later date for 35 pence each. The fi nal redemption
date for B Shares was 18 July 2007 and all transactions relating to the B shares have now been completed.
Currency translation reserve represents the foreign exchange differences on the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign
operations from their functional currency to the presentation currency of the parent.
Actuarial gains and losses reserve represents the actuarial gains and losses on the defi ned benefit pension schemes operated by the Group.
Available-for-sale assets reserve represents the fair value gains and losses on the available-for-sale financial assets held by the Group.
Cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative effective fair value gains and losses on cash flow hedges in the Group.
The merger reserve was created in June 2009, when J Sainsbury plc issued 78.1 million ordinary shares with a nominal value of 284/7 pence
each per share. This resulted in an increase in ordinary share capital of £22 million, share premium of £113 million net of transaction costs
and the creation of £102 million in the merger reserve. The transfer to retained earnings resulted from the operation of section 612 of the
Companies Act 2006 with regard to the issue of shares by J Sainsbury plc in exchange for shares in J Sainsbury Jersey (Finance) Limited
and the subsequent redemption of redeemable preference shares of that company for cash.
The convertible bond reserve represents the equity component of the £190 million convertible bond issued in July 2009.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
77
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
25 Retained earnings
At 22 March 2009
Profit for the year
Dividends paid
Share-based payment (net of tax)
Shares vested
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
Utilised in respect of share option schemes
Amortisation of convertible bond equity
Transfer from merger reserve
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Profit for the year
Dividends paid
Share-based payment
Shares vested
Allotted in respect of share option schemes
At 21 March 2009
Group
Own shares
£m
Group
Profit and
loss account
£m
Group
Total retained
earnings
£m
Company
Retained
earnings
£m
1,737
250
(241)
-
-
42
(7)
3
102
2,511
585
(241)
44
-
(19)
-
3
102
2,477
585
(241)
44
12
(19)
-
3
102
2,985
2,963
1,886
2,445
289
(218)
40
-
(45)
2,366
289
(218)
40
45
(45)
1,697
165
(218)
-
-
93
2,511
2,477
1,737
(34)
-
-
-
12
-
-
-
-
(22)
(79)
-
-
-
45
-
(34)
Own shares held by Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) trusts
The Group owned 6,162,927 (2009: 9,650,780) of its ordinary shares of 284/7 pence nominal value each. At 20 March 2010, the total nominal
value of the own shares was £2 million (2009: £3 million).
As at 20 March 2010 none of the own shares are held by an ESOP trust on behalf of certain Directors and senior employees under the Group’s
Performance Share Plan (2009: none). All shares (2009: all shares) are held by an ESOP trust for the Executive Share Plans. The ESOP trusts
waive the rights to the dividends receivable in respect of the shareholder under the above schemes.
The cost of the own shares is deducted from equity in the Group financial statements. The market value of the own shares at 20 March 2010
was £21 million (2009: £30 million).
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
78
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
26 Notes to the cash fl ow statements
a) Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations
Operating profi t/(loss)
Adjustments for
Depreciation expense
Amortisation expense
Profit on sale of properties
Foreign exchange differences
Share-based payments expense
Retirement benefi t obligations1
Provision for diminution in value of investment
Liquidation of subsidiaries
Operating cash flows before changes in working capital
Changes in working capital
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Increase/(decrease) in provisions and other liabilities
Cash generated from operations
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
(210)
(18)
Group
2010
£m
710
466
13
(27)
(6)
42
(85)
1
Group
2009
£m
673
453
15
(57)
(10)
40
(75)
160
26
1,114
1,039
(24)
(13)
1
101
3
(8)
23
148
4
1,206
1,206
(173)
(51)
(3)
(251)
1
(21)
(38)
(60)
301
203
1
The adjustment for retirement benefit obligations reflects the difference between the service charge of £49 million (2009: £53 million) for the defi ned benefit schemes and the cash contributions
of £134 million made by the Group to the defi ned benefit schemes (2009: £128 million).
b) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the cash flow statements, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts (note 20)
Group
2010
£m
837
(3)
834
Group
2009
£m
627
(28)
599
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
670
(1)
669
460
(8)
452
c) Non-cash transactions
The principal non-cash transactions are the repayment of borrowings and proceeds from new borrowings of £110 million arising from the debt
restructuring described in note 20, for which amounts were settled net by offset with the counterparty banks.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
79
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
27 Analysis of net debt
Non-current assets
Interest bearing available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Current liabilities
Bank overdrafts
Borrowings
Finance leases
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Finance leases
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Total net debt
2010
£m
24
20
44
837
43
880
(3)
(67)
(3)
(41)
(114)
2009
£m
7
31
38
627
59
686
(28)
(125)
(1)
(56)
(210)
(2,298)
(59)
(2)
(2,129)
(48)
(8)
(2,359)
(2,185)
(1,549)
(1,671)
Net debt incorporates the Group’s borrowings (including accrued interest), bank overdrafts, interest bearing available-for-sale fi nancial assets,
fair value of derivatives and obligations under finance leases, less cash and cash equivalents.
Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt
Net debt at beginning of the year
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Increase in interest bearing available-for-sale assets1
Net increase in borrowings1
Net (increase)/decrease in derivatives1
Net repayment of obligations under fi nance leases
Fair value movements
Other non-cash movements
Net debt at the end of the year
1 Excluding fair value movements.
2010
£m
(1,671)
235
10
(72)
(23)
2
(9)
(21)
2009
£m
(1,503)
(2)
8
(177)
6
2
(5)
(1,549)
(1,671)
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
80
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
28 Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including liquidity, credit and market risk.
Funding and financial risk management are managed by a central treasury department in accordance with policies and guidelines approved by
the Board of Directors. The risk management policies are designed to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s fi nancial performance
by identifying the various exposures and setting appropriate risk limits and controls. The Finance Committee of the Board of Directors has
responsibility for approving specifi c financial transactions. The Treasury Committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer, regularly reviews
risk positions and monitors performance. The Group Audit Committee oversees management compliance with risk management policies and
reviews the adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. The Group Audit Committee is assisted
by Group Internal Audit who review the Group’s risk management controls and procedures on a regular basis.
The Group only uses derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures arising in respect of underlying business requirements and not for
any speculative purpose.
Treasury operations in respect of Sainsbury’s Bank are managed separately through Lloyds Banking Group, the Group’s joint venture partner.
Liquidity risk
The Group’s operational cash flow is largely stable and predictable, reflecting the low business risk profile of the food retail sector. Cash fl ow
forecasts are produced regularly to assist management in identifying future liquidity requirements.
The Group’s liquidity policy requires committed funding is maintained to cover cash flow requirements over an 18-month time horizon.
The Group complies with this policy by structuring core debt with long-term maturities, pre-funding future cash flow and maintaining
a portfolio of standby credit facilities.
The principal elements of the Group’s core funding comprise two long-term loans of £1,100 million due 2018 and £850 million due 2031 secured
over property assets held in two subsidiary companies. In addition the Group has two unsecured bank loans totalling £150 million due 2015 and
£190 million of convertible bonds due 2014 outstanding.
Short-term and seasonal funding is sourced from the wholesale inter-bank money market where interest is charged at various spreads
above LIBOR.
For standby purposes the Group maintains two syndicated committed revolving credit facilities of £400 million due February 2012 and £163
million due May 2011 and a £50 million bilateral committed revolving credit facility due May 2012. Interest on drawings under these facilities
is charged at various margins over LIBOR. There are £nil drawings under the committed facilities as at 20 March 2010 (2009: £nil drawings).
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
81
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
28 Financial risk management continued
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance
sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted cash flows or an estimate
in respect of floating interest rate liabilities.
Group
At 20 March 2010
Secured loans
Secured loan due 2018
Secured loan due 20311
Unsecured loans
Notional overdraft
Bank loan2
Bank loans due 20152
Convertible bond due 2014
Loan notes2
Obligations under fi nance leases
Trade and other payables
At 21 March 2009
Secured loans
Secured loan due 2018
Secured loan due 20311
Unsecured loans
Notional overdraft
Bank loan2
Bank loans due 20152
Loan notes2
Obligations under fi nance leases
Trade and other payables
Company
At 20 March 2010
Notional overdraft
Bank loan2
Bank loan due 20152
Convertible bond due 2014
Amounts due to Group entities2
Other payables
At 21 March 2009
Notional overdraft
Bank loan2
Amounts due to Group entities2
Other payables
Less than
one year
£m
One to
two years
£m
Two to
fi ve years
£m
More than
fi ve years
£m
85
54
3
3
7
8
9
7
2,463
85
53
28
35
13
8
3
2,487
85
56
-
3
7
8
-
7
-
85
54
-
-
12
2
3
-
331
177
-
51
23
210
-
18
-
984
1,226
-
-
156
-
-
177
-
224
170
1,221
1,239
-
-
37
-
9
-
-
-
175
-
177
-
Less than
one year
£m
One to
two years
£m
Two to
fi ve years
£m
More than
fi ve years
£m
1
3
2
8
4,496
14
8
35
3,540
10
-
3
2
8
41
-
-
-
1,139
-
-
51
7
210
129
-
-
-
118
-
-
-
111
-
940
-
-
-
952
-
Assumptions:
1 Cash flows relating to debt linked to inflation rates have been calculated using a RPI of 3.7 per cent for the year ended March 2011 and 3 per cent for future years.
2 Cash flows relating to debt bearing a floating interest rate have been calculated using prevailing interest rates at 20 March 2010 and 21 March 2009.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
82
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
28 Financial risk management continued
The table below analyses the Group’s net settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the period
remaining from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the net contractual
undiscounted cash fl ows.
At 20 March 2010
Commodity contracts
Infl ow
Interest rate swaps in a hedging relationship
Infl ow1
Other interest rate swaps:
Infl ow1
At 21 March 2009
Commodity contracts
Outfl ow
Interest rate swaps in a hedging relationship
Infl ow1
Other interest rate swaps:
Infl ow1/(outfl ow)
Less than
one year
£m
One to
two years
£m
Two to
fi ve years
£m
More than
fi ve years
£m
2
4
2
(7)
2
2
-
4
2
-
2
2
-
8
7
-
7
4
-
9
3
-
11
(6)
Assumption:
1
The swap rate which matches the remaining term of the interest rate swap at 20 March 2010 has been used to calculate the floating rate cash flows over the life of the interest rate swaps shown
above (2009: 21 March 2009).
The Group holds commodity contracts at fair values prevailing at the reporting dates. At 20 March 2010, £2 million relating to these fi nancial
instruments has been recognised in other comprehensive income (2009: £(5) million).
The table below analyses the Group’s gross settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the period
remaining from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted
cash fl ows.
At 20 March 2010
Forward foreign exchange contracts — cash fl ow hedges
Outfl ow
Infl ow
At 21 March 2009
Forward foreign exchange contracts — cash fl ow hedges
Outfl ow
Infl ow
Less than
one year
£m
One to
two years
£m
Two to
fi ve years
£m
More than
fi ve years
£m
(245)
252
(32)
33
(120)
142
(22)
22
-
-
-
-
The Group holds foreign exchange forward contracts, for which the infl ow figures in the table above have been calculated by translating
the foreign currency forward commitments at spot exchange rates prevailing at the reporting dates. At 20 March 2010, £7 million relating
to these financial instruments has been recognised in other comprehensive income (2009: £17 million).
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
83
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
28 Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
The Group’s exposures to credit risk arise from holdings of cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial assets, deposits with banks,
investments in marketable securities and trade receivables (note 17).
The Group deposits surplus funds with approved banks on the wholesale inter-bank money markets or with money market funds as pooled
investments. Under the Group’s credit policy investments are limited to counter parties with minimum credit ratings of A1 from Standard
& Poor’s and P1 from Moody’s Investors Service or, in the case of sterling liquidity funds, AAA from both rating agencies.
The table below analyses the Group’s cash and cash equivalents by credit exposure excluding bank balances, store cash and cash in transit:
Counterparty
Financial institutions — Money Market Funds
Financial institutions — Money Market Deposits
Financial institutions — Money Market Deposits
Rating
AAAm/Aaa
A1+/P1
A1/P1
2010
£m
599
40
20
2009
£m
410
28
During the year there were no breaches of deposit limits and management does not expect any losses from non-performance of
deposit counterparties.
Interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts are used by the Group to hedge interest rate, currency and fuel
exposures. The table below analyses the fair value of the Group’s derivative financial assets by credit exposure.
Counterparty
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
FX forward contracts
FX forward contracts
Commodity contracts
Commodity contracts
Short term
rating
A1+/P1
A1/P1
A1+/P1
A1/P1
A1+/P1
A1/P1
2010
£m
1
50
4
5
1
2
2009
£m
56
4
18
Market risk
a) Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk with respect to future inventory purchases denominated in currencies other than pound sterling,
primarily euros and US dollars but also Hong Kong dollars, Polish zloty, Australian dollars and New Zealand dollars. The Group also has
limited exposure in respect of recognised foreign currency assets and liabilities.
The Group’s currency risk management policy limits the impact of movements in exchange rates on Group income by requiring anticipated
foreign currency cash flows in US dollars and euros to be hedged. The future cash flows, which may be either contracted or un-contracted,
are hedged on a layered basis between 80 per cent and 20 per cent using forward contracts.
The Group has limited exposure to currency risk on balances held on foreign currency denominated bank accounts, which may arise due to
short-term timing differences on maturing hedges and underlying supplier payments.
A 20 per cent change in the value of the US dollar versus sterling at the balance sheet date with all other variables held constant would have
increased or decreased post-tax profit or loss for the year by £2 million (2009: £2 million), as a result of gains or losses on translation of US
dollar cash balances and US dollar denominated trade payables and receivables.
A 20 per cent change in the value of euro versus sterling at the balance sheet date with all other variables held constant would have increased
or decreased post-tax profit or loss for the year by £1 million (2009: £1 million), as a result of gains or losses on translation of euro cash balances
and euro denominated trade payables and receivables.
Movements of this magnitude in the other currencies noted above would have an immaterial impact on both the income statement and equity.
b) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings and deposits. Interest rate policy seeks to minimise the cost and volatility of the
Group’s interest expense by maintaining a diversified portfolio of fixed rate, floating rate and infl ation-linked liabilities.
i) Fair value sensitivity for fixed rate instruments
The Group holds £1,290 million of fixed rate debt (2009: £1,130 million), of which £401 million (2009: £211 million) has been swapped into
floating rate debt using interest rate swaps. The remaining £889 million (2009: £919 million) portion of fixed rate debt is recorded at amortised
cost and a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect the income statement.
For the year, the fair value movement in the interest rate swaps has resulted in a credit to the income statement of nil (2009: £35 million).
The fair value movement in the underlying fixed rate debt has resulted in a charge to the income statement of £2 million (2009: £35 million)
which represents the ineffectiveness on the hedging relationship.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
84
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
28 Financial risk management continued
ii) Cash flow sensitivity for variable rate instruments
The Group holds £745 million of floating rate borrowings (2009: £541 million), comprising £536 million of floating rate swaps (2009: £346
million) and £209 million of floating rate debt (2009: £195 million). An increase of 100 basis points in the floating rate at the balance sheet date
would have decreased post-tax profit by £5 million (2009: £3 million) and a decrease of 100 basis points in the floating rate at the balance sheet
date would have increased post-tax profit by £3 million (2009: £3 million). Where a decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would refl ect
a negative floating rate the assumed rate is nil.
The Group also holds £734 million of interest bearing assets (2009: £478 million). An increase of 100 basis points in the floating rate at the
balance sheet date would have increased post-tax profit by £5 million (2009: £3 million) and a decrease of 100 basis points in the fl oating rate
at the balance sheet date would have decreased post-tax profit by £3 million (2009: £3 million). Where a decrease in interest rates of 100 basis
points would reflect a negative floating rate the assumed rate is nil.
iii) Cash flow sensitivity for inflation-linked variable instruments
The Group holds £850 million of inflation-linked debt (2009: £872 million) which is recorded at amortised cost. An increase of 100 basis points
in the RPI at the balance sheet date would have increased post-tax profit by £6 million and a decrease of 100 basis points in the RPI at the
balance sheet date would have decreased post-tax profit by £1 million (an increase or a decrease of 100 basis points in the RPI 2009: £6 million).
Where a decrease in RPI of 100 basis points would reflect a negative rate, the assumed rate is nil.
iv) Fair value sensitivity for available-for-sale assets
Included within available-for-sale financial assets is £126 million (2009: £90 million) relating to the Group’s beneficial interest in a property
investment pool. The net present value of the Group’s interest in the various freehold reversions owned by the property investment pool
has been derived by assuming a property growth rate of 3.1 cent per annum (2009: 2.8 per cent) and a discount rate of ten per cent (2009:
ten per cent), (see note 15).
A change of 0.5 per cent in the assumed rate of property rental growth to 2.6 per cent and 3.6 per cent, holding other assumptions constant,
would result in values for this asset of £116 million (2009: £81 million) and £136 million (2009: £98 million) respectively. A change of one per
cent in the discount rate to nine per cent and 11 per cent, holding other assumptions constant, would result in values of £143 million (2009:
£103 million) and £112 million (2009: £79 million) respectively.
Commodity risk
The Group is exposed to commodity price risk with respect to its own use consumption of electricity, gas and fuel.
The Group’s Energy Price Risk Committee limits the impact of movements in commodity prices on Group income by requiring forecast
purchases of power and fuel be hedged.
The Group uses financial derivatives to hedge fuel exposures on a layered basis using contracts for difference. A 20 per cent change in the
fair value of the commodity price at the balance sheet date would have increased or decreased the cash flow equity reserve by £3 million
(2009: £2 million).
The Group hedges electricity and gas exposures with forward purchases under flexible purchasing arrangements with the relevant suppliers.
Capital risk management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital structure consistent with the size and nature of the Group.
The Board monitors a range of financial metrics including return on capital and gearing to measure the efficiency of the Group’s capital
structure, the returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.
The Board has a policy to maintain the underlying earnings cover for the ordinary dividend at a range of between 1.5 and 1.75 times.
From time to time the Company purchases its own shares in the market for the purpose of issuing shares under the Group’s share option
programmes. Outside of this practice the Group does not have a defined share buy-back plan.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
85
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
29 Financial instruments
Derivative assets
Non-current
Contract for difference — fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate swaps — fair value hedge
Foreign exchange forward contract — cash fl ow hedge
Current
Commodity and foreign exchange forward contract — cash fl ow hedge
Interest rate swaps — fair value through profit or loss
Derivative liabilities
Current
Commodity and foreign exchange forward contract — cash fl ow hedge
Interest rate swaps — fair value through profit or loss
Non-current
Interest rate swaps — fair value through profit or loss
Commodity forward contract — fair value through profit or loss
Group
2010
£m
Group
2009
£m
Company
2010
£m
Company
2009
£m
-
19
1
20
11
32
43
(1)
(40)
(41)
-
(2)
(2)
12
19
-
31
22
37
59
(7)
(49)
(56)
(8)
-
(8)
-
19
-
19
32
32
(40)
(40)
-
-
-
12
19
31
37
37
(49)
(49)
Foreign exchange forward contracts — cash fl ow hedges
At 20 March 2010, the Group held a portfolio of foreign exchange forward contracts with a fair value of £9 million (2009: £22 million) to hedge
its future foreign currency denominated trade purchases. The Group had purchased €115 million (2009: €55 million) and sold sterling at rates
ranging from 1.10 to 1.18 (2009: 0.78 to 0.94) with maturities from March 2010 to March 2011 (2009: March 2009 to March 2010) and purchased
US$273 million (2009: US$161 million) and sold sterling at rates ranging from 1.45 to 1.70 (2009: 1.40 to 2.00) with maturities from March 2010
to June 2011 (2009: March 2009 to September 2010).
At 20 March 2010, an unrealised gain of £7 million (2009: gain of £17 million) is included in equity in respect of the forward contracts. This gain
will be transferred to the income statement over the next 15 months. During the year a credit to the profit or loss of £8 million was transferred
from the cash flow hedge equity reserve and included in cost of sales (2009: credit of £31 million).
Commodity contracts — cash fl ow hedges
At 20 March 2010, the Group held a portfolio of commodity forward contracts with a fair value of £2 million (2009: £(7) million) to hedge
its future own use fuel consumption over the next 12 months.
At 20 March 2010, an unrealised gain of £2 million (2009: loss of £5 million) is included in equity in respect of these contracts. This loss
will be transferred to the income statement over the next 12 months.
Interest rate swaps — fair value hedge
The Group holds a portfolio of £401 million of interest rate swaps (2009: £211 million) to hedge a portion of the fixed rate secured loan due
in 2018 and the £190 million convertible bond due 2014. Under the terms of the swaps, the Group receives fixed interest and pays fl oating
rate interest at a fixed spread above three-month LIBOR. The notional principal amount of the one of the interest rate swaps amortises from
£211 million to £111 million from April 2016 to April 2018.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
86
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
29 Financial instruments continued
Derivative financial instruments – fair value through profit and loss
At 20 March 2010, the Group held a portfolio of interest rate swaps at fair value through profit or loss which convert £256 million of the
Group’s floating rate obligations into fixed rates (2009: £256 million). Under the terms of these swaps the Group pays fixed rates of interest
and receives three-month LIBOR for periods expiring from 19 April 2018 to 19 April 2031. Included in this portfolio is a £75 million swap under
which the counterparty has a once only option to cancel the swap or double the notional principal value of the swap on 19 July 2010 and
thereafter a recurring option to cancel the swap on quarterly dates through to August 2030.
The Group holds a portfolio of non-designated interest rate swaps which convert £391 million of fixed rate borrowings into fl oating rates
(2009: £391 million). Under the terms of the swap the Group receives fixed rates of interest and pays interest at various spreads above
three-month LIBOR until 19 April 2018.
Interest rate risk
Financial instruments where interest is re-priced at intervals of one year or less are classified as floating rate. Interest on fi nancial instruments
classified as fixed rate is fixed until maturity of the instrument.
Foreign currency risk
The Group has net euro denominated trade creditors of £11 million (2009: £9 million) and US dollar denominated trade creditors of £11 million
(2009: £15 million).
Fair value
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all financial instruments that are carried in the fi nancial
statements at other than fair values. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are based on prices that are available from the market on
which the instruments are traded where available. The fair values of all other financial assets and liabilities have been calculated by discounting
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair values of short-term deposits, receivables, overdrafts, payables and loans of
a maturity of less than one year are assumed to approximate to their book values, and are excluded from the analysis below.
2010
Financial assets
Amounts due from Group entities
Other receivables
Financial liabilities
Amounts due to Group entities
Secured loans1
Convertible bond2
Bank loans due 2015
Bank loan
Obligations under fi nance leases
2009
Financial assets
Amounts due from Group entities
Other receivables
Financial liabilities
Amounts due to Group entities
Secured loans1
Bank loans due 2015
Loan notes
Obligations under fi nance leases
Includes £211 million accounted for as a fair value hedge (2009: £211 million).
1
2 Includes £190 million accounted for as a fair value hedge.
Group
Carrying
amount
£m
Group
Fair value
£m
Company
Carrying
amount
£m
Company
Fair value
£m
-
55
-
55
1,080
55
1,170
55
-
(1,988)
(172)
(146)
(50)
(59)
-
(2,208)
(175)
(161)
(50)
(59)
(821)
-
(172)
(103)
(50)
-
(881)
-
(175)
(103)
(50)
-
-
55
-
55
1,005
55
1,110
55
-
(2,047)
(162)
(10)
(48)
-
(2,037)
(2,087)
(2,224)
(191)
(10)
(48)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
87
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
29 Financial instruments continued
Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of fi nancial position
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are recognised subsequent to initial recognition at fair value,
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:
• Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
• Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable
for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
• Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not
based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Group
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Interest bearing fi nancial assets
Other fi nancial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative fi nancial assets
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Derivative fi nancial liabilities
Company
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Interest bearing fi nancial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Derivative fi nancial assets
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Derivative fi nancial liabilities
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of fi nancial assets:
Opening balance
Total gains or losses:
In profit or loss
In other comprehensive income
Closing balance
2010
Level 1
£m
2010
Level 2
£m
-
-
-
-
24
-
63
(43)
2010
Level 3
£m
-
126
-
-
2010
Level 1
£m
2010
Level 2
£m
2010
Level 3
£m
-
-
-
24
51
(40)
-
-
-
2010
Total
£m
24
126
63
(43)
2010
Total
£m
24
51
(40)
Other fi nancial assets
2010
£m
90
-
36
126
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
88
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
29 Financial instruments continued
Financial assets and liabilities by category
Set out below is the accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities as at 20 March 2010 and 21 March 2009.
Loans and
receivables
£m
Available-
for-sale
£m
Fair value
through profi t
or loss
£m
Derivatives
used for
hedging
£m
Other
fi nancial
liabilities
£m
Group
2010
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Trade and other payables
Current borrowings
Non-current borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Cash fl ow hedges1
Interest rate swaps2
Commodity contract
2009
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Trade and other payables
Current borrowings
Non-current borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Cash fl ow hedges1
Interest rate swaps2
Contract for difference
1 Cash flow hedges are deferred through equity.
2 Interest rate swaps used for hedging are at fair value through profit or loss.
Company
2010
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets
Trade and other payables
Current borrowings
Non-current borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Interest rate swaps1
2009
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Current borrowings
Derivative fi nancial instruments
Interest rate swaps1
Contract for difference
1
Interest rate swaps used for hedging are at fair value through profit or loss.
Total
£m
837
207
150
(2,463)
(73)
(2,357)
11
11
(2)
-
-
-
(2,463)
(73)
(2,357)
-
-
-
(4,893)
(3,679)
-
-
-
(2,490)
(154)
(2,177)
-
-
-
627
187
97
(2,490)
(154)
(2,177)
15
(1)
12
(4,821)
(3,884)
Total
£m
670
1,681
24
(5,281)
(3)
(323)
-
-
-
(5,281)
(3)
(323)
837
207
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
150
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,044
150
627
187
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
814
-
-
97
-
-
-
-
-
-
97
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(8)
(2)
(10)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(20)
12
(8)
-
-
-
-
-
-
11
19
-
30
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
19
-
34
670
1,681
-
-
-
-
-
2,351
460
1,430
-
-
-
-
1,890
-
-
24
-
-
-
-
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(8)
(8)
-
-
-
-
(12)
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
19
19
-
-
-
-
19
-
19
Loans and
receivables
£m
Available-
for-sale
£m
Fair value
through profi t
or loss
£m
Derivatives
used for
hedging
£m
Other
fi nancial
liabilities
£m
-
11
(5,607)
(3,221)
-
-
(5,526)
(43)
460
1,430
(5,526)
(43)
-
-
7
12
(5,569)
(3,660)
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
89
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
29 Financial instruments continued
Financial instruments income, expense, gains and losses
Set out below are the accounting classifications of income, expense, gains and losses experienced on financial instruments in the 52 weeks
to 20 March 2010 and 21 March 2009.
At fair value through profit or loss, held for trading
Net gains and losses
Loans and receivables
Net gains and losses
Interest income
Available for sale
Net gain transferred on sale
Other fi nancial liabilities
Net gains and losses
Interest expense
30 Retirement benefi t obligations
2010
£m
2009
£m
36
1
4
15
(5)
9
(30)
(110)
(14)
(137)
Retirement benefit obligations relate to two funded defi ned benefit schemes, the J Sainsbury Pension and Death Benefit Scheme and the
J Sainsbury Executive Pension Scheme and an unfunded pension liability relating to senior employees. The defi ned benefit schemes were
closed to new employees on 31 January 2002. The assets of these schemes are held separately from the Group’s assets.
The defi ned benefit schemes were subject to a triennial valuation carried out by Towers Watson, the schemes’ independent actuaries,
at March 2009 on the projected unit basis. The results of this valuation are expected to be finalised by June 2010. The retirement benefi t
obligations at 20 March 2010 have been calculated, where appropriate, on a basis consistent with this valuation.
The unfunded pension liability is unwound when each employee reaches retirement and takes their pension from the Group payroll
or is crystallised in the event of an employee leaving or retiring and choosing to take the provision as a one-off cash payment.
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:
Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of unfunded obligations
Retirement benefi t obligations
Deferred income tax asset
Net retirement benefi t obligations
2010
£m
2009
£m
(4,649)
4,237
(3,610)
3,310
(412)
(9)
(421)
118
(303)
(300)
(9)
(309)
87
(222)
The retirement benefit obligations and the associated deferred income tax balance are shown within different line items on the face of the
balance sheet.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
90
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
30 Retirement benefi t obligations continued
a) Income statement
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
Current service cost — funded schemes
Current service cost — unfunded scheme
Past service cost
Included in employee costs (note 7)
Interest cost on pension scheme liabilities
Expected return on plan assets
Total included in finance (expense)/income (note 6)
Total income statement expense
2010
£m
(48)
(1)
(49)
(230)
206
(24)
(73)
2009
£m
(50)
(1)
(2)
(53)
(249)
273
24
(29)
Of the expense recognised in operating profit, £44 million (2009: £48 million) is included in cost of sales and £5 million (2009: £5 million)
is included in administrative expenses.
The actual return on pension scheme assets net of expenses was a gain of £921 million (2009: a loss of £876 million).
b) Other comprehensive income
The amounts recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income are as follows:
Net actuarial losses recognised during the year
Cumulative actuarial losses recognised
c) Valuations
The movements in the funded retirement benefit obligations are as follows:
Beginning of year
Current service cost
Past service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by plan participants
Actuarial (losses)/gains
Benefi ts paid
End of year
The movements in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:
Beginning of year
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial gains/(losses)
Contributions by employer
Contributions by plan participants
Benefi ts paid
End of year
2010
£m
(173)
(482)
2009
£m
(903)
(309)
2010
£m
(3,610)
(48)
(1)
(230)
(7)
(888)
135
2009
£m
(3,668)
(50)
(2)
(249)
(7)
246
120
(4,649)
(3,610)
2010
£m
3,310
206
715
134
7
(135)
4,237
2009
£m
4,171
273
(1,149)
128
7
(120)
3,310
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
91
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
30 Retirement benefi t obligations continued
The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:
Equities
Bonds
Property
Other
d) Assumptions
The principal actuarial assumptions used at the balance sheet date are as follows:
Discount rate
Infl ation rate
Future salary increases
Future pension increases
2010
%
42
49
2
7
2009
%
39
50
3
8
100
100
2010
%
2009
%
5.8
3.4
3.4
2.2-3.4
6.5
2.8
2.8
2.0-2.8
The discount rate is based on the annualised yield on an AA-rated sterling corporate bond index adjusted for the difference in term between
the index and the schemes’ liabilities.
The expected return on assets has been derived as the weighted average of the expected returns from each of the main asset classes.
The expected return for each asset class reflects a combination of historical performance analysis, the forward-looking view of the
financial markets (as suggested by the yield available) and the views of investment organisations.
Equities
Bonds
Property
Other
2010
Fair
value
£m
1,787
2,074
101
275
4,237
2010
Expected
return
%
8.0
4.9
7.0
4.3-7.0
6.4
2009
Fair
value
£m
1,279
1,662
105
264
3,310
2009
Expected
return
%
8.0
5.1
7.0
4.0-7.0
6.3
The combined life expectancy for both the schemes operated at the balance sheet date for a pensioner at normal retirement age (now 65 years
for men and women) is as follows:
Male pensioner
Female pensioner
2010
years
22.2
23.8
2009
years
21.7
23.2
The base mortality tables were derived by projecting forward the latest standard mortality tables (PA00 tables) in line with the base 1992 series
improvements up to 2006, and then in line with medium cohort improvements from 2006 onwards, subject to a minimum rate of improvement
from 2009 onwards of one per cent per annum.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
92
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
30 Retirement benefi t obligations continued
e) Sensitivities
An increase of 0.5 per cent in the discount rate would decrease the retirement benefit obligations by £426 million. A decrease of 0.5 per cent
in the discount rate would increase the retirement benefit obligations by £479 million.
An increase of 0.5 per cent in the inflation rate would increase the retirement benefit obligations by £404 million. A decrease of 0.5 per cent
in the inflation rate would decrease the retirement benefit obligations by £287 million.
An increase of one year to the life expectancy would increase the retirement benefit obligations by £97 million.
f) Experienced gains and losses
The history of experience adjustments on the plans for the current and previous financial years is as follows:
Present value of retirement benefi t obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Retirement benefi t (obligations)/assets
Experience gain/(loss) on plan liabilities
Experience gain/(loss) on plan assets
2010
£m
(4,658)
4,237
(421)
2009
£m
(3,619)
3,310
(309)
2008
£m
(3,676)
4,171
495
2007
£m
(4,401)
4,298
(103)
2006
£m
(4,368)
3,710
(658)
116
715
171
(1,149)
(79)
(380)
(236)
89
(27)
428
The expected contributions to defi ned benefit schemes for the next financial year beginning 21 March 2010 are £103 million (2009: £93 million).
31 Share-based payments
The Group recognised £42 million (2009: £40 million) of employee costs (note 7) related to share-based payment transactions made during
the financial year. Of these, £1 million (2009: nil) were cash-settled.
National insurance contributions are payable in respect of certain share-based payments transactions and are treated as cash-settled
transactions. At 20 March 2010, the carrying amount of national insurance contributions payable was £5 million (2009: £13 million) of
which £1 million (2009: £3 million) was in respect of vested grants.
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes as set out below:
a) Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”)
The Group operates a Savings Related Share Option Scheme, which is open to all UK employees with more than three months’ continuous service.
This is an approved HMRC Scheme and was established in 1980. Under the SAYE scheme, participants remaining in the Group’s employment
at the end of the three-year or five-year savings period are entitled to use their savings to purchase shares in the Company at a stated exercise
price. Employees leaving for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their leaving.
At 20 March 2010, UK employees held 20,980 five-year savings contracts (2009: 21,416) in respect of options over 21.0 million shares (2009:
22.0 million) and 33,407 three-year savings contracts (2009: 29,281) in respect of options over 20.4 million shares (2009: 18.0 million).
A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
2010
Number of
options
million
40.0
11.5
(4.3)
(5.1)
(0.7)
41.4
2010
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
262
273
269
235
236
268
2009
Number of
options
million
35.9
15.7
(5.5)
(6.1)
-
40.0
2009
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
278
224
292
233
-
262
3.2
300
2.4
235
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
93
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 332 pence (2009: 293 pence). Details of options
at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
Date of grant
17 December 2003 (5 year period)
15 December 2004 (5 year period)
15 December 2005 (3 year period)
15 December 2005 (5 year period)
15 December 2006 (3 year period)
15 December 2006 (5 year period)
20 December 2007 (3 year period)
20 December 2007 (5 year period)
17 December 2008 (3 year period)
17 December 2008 (5 year period)
10 December 2009 (3 year period)
10 December 2009 (5 year period)
Date of expiry
31 August 2009
31 August 2010
31 August 2009
31 August 2011
31 August 2010
31 August 2012
31 August 2011
31 August 2013
31 August 2012
31 August 2014
31 August 2013
31 August 2015
Exercise price
pence
Options
outstanding
2010
million
Options
outstanding
2009
million
241
217
231
231
328
328
331
331
224
224
273
273
0.8
4.1
2.4
2.8
3.6
2.9
7.8
5.7
6.7
4.6
0.9
3.7
1.5
4.5
3.2
3.1
4.3
3.3
9.1
6.4
41.4
40.0
Options granted during the year were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included in the
fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility
Option life
— 3 year period (%)
— 3 year period (%)
— 3 year period (years)
— 5 year period (years)
Expected dividends (expressed as dividend yield %)
Risk-free interest rate — 3 year period (%)
— 5 year period (%)
Fair value per option — 3 year period (pence)
— 5 year period (pence)
2010
341
273
38.3
31.3
3.2
5.2
3.7
3.7
4.6
107
107
2009
280
224
35.7
30.4
3.2
5.2
3.6
3.8
4.0
86
85
The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of grant
of award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the share price.
b) Colleague Share Option Plan (“CSOP”)
The Colleague Share Option Plan operates under the rules of the HMRC Approved Discretionary Share Option Scheme. Under the CSOP,
participants are granted options to purchase shares of the Company at a stated exercise price. The exercise of options is conditional upon
participants remaining in the employment of the Group for a three-year period after date of grant. Colleagues leaving employment for
certain reasons have six months from their leaving date to exercise their options.
At 20 March 2010, a total of 1,253 UK employees (2009: 10,034) participated in the plan and held options over 0.4 million shares (2009:
3.2 million). Options are exercisable between three and ten years from the date of the grant of option. It is intended that there will be no
further options granted under this plan.
A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Outstanding at beginning of year
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
2010
Number of
options
million
3.2
(0.1)
(2.7)
0.4
2010
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
363
352
378
272
2009
Number of
options
million
3.4
(0.2)
-
3.2
2009
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
363
356
-
363
0.4
272
3.2
363
The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 325 pence (2009: 372 pence).
94
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
Details of options at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
Date of grant
Date of expiry
2 August 1999
2 June 2000
1 August 2009
1 June 2010
Exercise price
pence
378
272
Options
outstanding
2010
million
Options
outstanding
2009
million
0.4
0.4
2.7
0.5
3.2
c) Executive Share Option Plan (“ESOP”)
Under the Executive Share Option Plan, participants were granted options to purchase shares in the Company at a stated exercise price.
The maximum annual option award was two times basic salary and the grants were agreed by the Remuneration Committee according to the
assessed performance and potential of participants.
The exercise of options is conditional upon a performance target based on the growth in the Company’s underlying earnings per share (“EPS”)
relative to inflation over a three-year period. EPS is measured against a fixed starting point over the performance period beginning with the
year in which the option was granted. To the extent that the condition is not satisfied in full after three years, it will be retested on a fi xed-point
basis over four and then fi ve financial years. To the extent the condition is not met after fi ve financial years, the option will lapse.
Once the options vest, participants remaining in the Group’s employment or leaving for certain reasons, are entitled to exercise the options
between vesting date (normally at the end of the three-year performance period) and the option expiry date, which is ten years from date
of grant.
It is intended that there will be no further options granted under this plan.
A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
2010
Number of
options
million
2.4
(0.6)
(0.3)
1.5
2010
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
387
321
378
397
2009
Number of
options
million
4.1
(0.4)
(1.3)
2.4
2009
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
411
356
482
387
1.5
397
2.2
395
The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 336 pence (2009: 321 pence).
Details of options at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
Date of grant
Date of expiry
2 August 1999
2 June 2000
7 June 2001
26 July 2001
20 May 2004
1 August 2009
1 June 2010
6 June 2011
25 July 2011
19 May 2014
Exercise price
pence
Options
outstanding
2010
million
Options
outstanding
2009
million
378
272
427
407
275
-
0.2
0.6
0.7
-
1.5
0.3
0.2
0.8
0.9
0.2
2.4
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
95
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
d) All-Employee Share Ownership Plan
(i) In June 2003, under the All-Employee Share Ownership Plan, free shares were awarded to UK employees with more than 12 months’
continuous service. The free shares are being held in a trust on behalf of participants and will be forfeited if participants cease to remain in the
Group’s employment for a period of three years. Shares are released to participants within the first three years for certain reasons. After the
three-year period, the shares continue to be held by the trust for a further holding period of two years, unless they are released to participants
upon cessation of employment with the Group.
A reconciliation of shares held in the trust is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Released to participants
Outstanding at end of year
Number
of shares
2010
million
Number
of shares
2009
million
0.4
0.4
1.4
(1.0)
0.4
(ii) From 18 September 2008, under the Sainsbury’s share purchase plan, all employees were offered the opportunity to receive one free
matching share for every four shares purchased through the Sainsbury’s share purchase plan. Under this scheme, 229,431 matching shares
have been awarded, of which 212,115 are outstanding at 20 March 2010 (2009: 95,258 matching shares).
Options to acquire the award of shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included
in the fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility (%)
Option life (years)
Expected dividends (expressed as dividend yield %)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Fair value per option (pence)
2010
326
-
37.9
3.0
3.8
3.6
302
2009
292
26.8
3.0
2.6
5.7
271
The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of grant of
award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the share price.
e) J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005
Under the J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005, shares were awarded to participants on the conditional basis that the performance targets were
achieved within the four-year performance period, from the financial year beginning 27 March 2005 until the financial year ended 21 March
2009. The levels of awards were scaled according to seniority and there was an opportunity for Executive Directors and eligible Operating
Board members to make a personal investment of up to 50 per cent of salary in the plan.
The awards vested if stretching sales and earnings per share targets are achieved. The relevant performance multiplier, which is on a sliding
scale up to a maximum of five times, was to be calculated and applied to the core award of shares, as well as the personal investment shares
i.e. shares acquired by Executive Directors and eligible Operating Board members. Further, there was an opportunity for partial vesting of up
to half the award, if the accelerated performance targets have been met at the end of year three (i.e. financial year ending March 2008).
No awards would vest unless threshold levels of growth in both sales and EPS are achieved.
Once performance targets were achieved, options were granted to participants remaining in the Group’s employment or leaving for certain
reasons to acquire the shares awarded to them, at nil cost. The options expired a year after the end of the four-year performance period.
Dividends accrued on the shares that vest in the form of additional shares.
In order to participate in the plan, participants agreed to surrender options granted to them under the Company’s Executive Share Option
Plan in 2002, 2003 and 2004.
In March 2008, the three-year accelerated performance targets were met and 50 per cent of achieved awards became exercisable. In May
2008 a total number of 15.5 million shares were granted to employees as a result of achieving the performance target, of which 12.4 million
options were exercised during the year ended 21 March 2009. In May 2009, the performance targets were met and the remaining 50 per cent
of achieved awards became exercisable, so a further 16.4 million shares were granted. During the year, 19.3 million options were exercised.
The weighted average share price during the year for options exercised was 325 pence (2009: 332 pence).
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
96
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
A reconciliation of the number of shares is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Forfeited
Released to participants
Outstanding at end of year
Details of shares conditionally allocated at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
Date of conditional award
13 July 2005
Number
of shares
2010
million
2.9
16.4
(19.3)
Number
of shares
2009
million
-
15.5
(12.4)
(0.2)
2.9
Number
of shares
2010
million
Number
of shares
2009
million
6.0
(6.0)
6.1
(0.1)
6.0
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2010
million
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2009
million
6.0
f) Long-Term Incentive Plan 2006
Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2006, shares are conditionally awarded to the top 1,000 managers in the Company, from the Chief Executive
to the supermarket store managers. The core awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according to grades.
The awards will vest if the threshold levels of two co-dependent performance conditions – Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) and growth in
cash flow per share, are achieved over the three-year performance period. The core award can grow by up to four times, dependent on the level
of performance. Straight-line vesting will apply if performance falls between two points.
Performance will be measured at the end of the three-year performance period. If the required level of performance has been reached,
the awards vest and 50 per cent of the award will be released. Subject to participants remaining in employment for a further year, the balance
will then be released no later than on the fourth anniversary of the date of award. Options granted to acquire the award of shares will expire
two years from the vesting date. Dividends will accrue on the shares that vest in the form of additional shares.
To achieve the maximum multiplier of four, the following criteria are required to be met.
Date of conditional award
13 July 2006
20 June 2007
28 May 2008
24 June 2009
Percentage increase to
achieve maximum multiplier
Cash flow per share
%
Return on capital employed
%
18
18
15
15
14
14
15
15
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
97
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Conditionally allocated
Forfeited
Released to participants
Outstanding at end of year
Details of shares conditionally awarded at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
Date of conditional award
13 July 2006
20 June 2007
28 May 2008
24 June 2009
Number
of shares
2010
million
Number
of shares
2009
million
7.4
3.5
(0.3)
(2.1)
8.5
4.5
3.3
(0.4)
7.4
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2010
million
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2009
million
0.1
1.8
3.1
3.5
8.5
2.3
1.9
3.2
7.4
Options to acquire the award of shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included
in the fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility (%)
Option life (years)
Expected dividends (expressed as dividend yield %)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Fair value per option (pence)
2010
315
-
48.1
4.2
-
3.7
315
2009
346
38.8
4.2
4.9
346
The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of grant of
award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the share price.
In March 2009, the three-year performance targets were met achieving a multiplier of 3.7. During the year, a total number of 8.3 million shares
were granted to employees as a result of achieving the performance target and 7.9 million options were exercised. The weighted average share
price during the year for options exercised was 330 pence.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
98
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
31 Share-based payments continued
g) Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
The Deferred Annual Bonus Plan applies to the top levels of management including Executive Directors and currently comprises around
40 participants in total. The first deferral took place in June 2007, in respect of the bonus awards for the financial year ended 24 March 2007.
The second deferral took place in June 2008, in respect of the bonus awards for the financial year ended 22 March 2008. The third and fi nal
deferral took place in June 2009, in respect of bonus awards for the financial year ended 21 March 2009.
The Plan measures the Company’s TSR performance over a three-year period against a bespoke UK and European retail comparator group
comprising: Tesco, Morrisons, DSG International, Kingfisher, Home Retail Group, Marks & Spencer, Next, Ahold, Carrefour, Casino, Delhaize and
Metro. Alliance Boots was removed from the comparator group following its de-listing.
Up to two matched shares may be awarded for each share deferred depending on the extent to which the TSR measure is achieved. No shares
are awarded for below median performance, and the full match will only apply where the Company achieves first place within the comparator
group. At median position the match will be 0.5 shares for each deferred bonus share and the share match will be pro-rated at every position
between median and fi rst place.
To the extent that the performance condition is met at the end of the three-year performance period, the matched shares will be added to the
deferred bonus shares. The deferred bonus shares and half of the matched shares can be accessed immediately, while the remainder will be
held over for a further year. Dividends or their equivalents will accrue on shares that vest.
A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of year
Details of shares allocated at 20 March 2010 are set out below:
20 June 2007
20 June 2008
24 June 2009
Number
of shares
2010
million
Number
of shares
2009
million
1.1
0.5
(0.1)
1.5
0.6
0.5
1.1
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2010
million
Shares
conditionally
allocated
2009
million
0.6
0.5
0.4
1.5
0.6
0.5
1.1
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
99
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
32 Related party transactions
Group
a) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprises members of the J Sainsbury plc Board of Directors and the Operating Board.
The key management personnel compensation is as follows:
Short-term employee benefi ts
Post-employment employee benefi ts
Share-based payments
2010
£m
17
1
8
26
2009
£m
11
1
10
22
Details of transactions, in the normal course of business, with the key management personnel are provided below. The transactions occurred
with Sainsbury’s Bank plc. For this purpose, key management personnel include Group key management personnel and members of their
close family.
At 22 March 2009
Amounts advanced/(received)1
Interest earned
Amounts withdrawn
At 20 March 2010
At 23 March 2008
Amounts advanced/(received)1
Interest earned
Amounts withdrawn
At 21 March 2009
1 Includes existing balances of new appointments.
Credit card
balances
Number
of key
management
personnel
Saving
deposit
accounts
Number
of key
management
personnel
Credit
card
balances
£m
Saving
deposit
accounts
£m
5
6
1
6
5
4
6
2
6
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
3
9
5
6
2
5
7
3
7
(1)
(1)
-
1
(1)
(1)
(1)
-
1
(1)
b) Joint ventures
Transactions with joint ventures
For the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010, the Group entered into various transactions with joint ventures as set out below.
Sales of inventories
Management services provided
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans
Dividend income received
Sale of assets
Management services received
Rental expenses paid
Year-end balances arising from transactions with joint ventures
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
Receivables
Other receivables
Loans due from joint ventures
Floating rate subordinated undated loan capital1
Floating rate subordinated dated loan capital2
Other
Payables
Loans due to joint ventures
2010
£m
3
14
1
2
-
-
(72)
2009
£m
3
17
3
34
(1)
(67)
2010
£m
2009
£m
2
25
30
1
2
25
30
-
(48)
(48)
1 The undated subordinated loan capital shall be repaid on such date as the Financial Services Authority shall agree in writing for such repayment and in any event not less than five years and one day from
the dates of draw down. In the event of a winding-up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin
of 1.0 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.
2 No repayment of dated subordinated debt prior to its stated maturity may be made without the consent of the Financial Services Authority. In the event of a winding-up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan
is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.
100
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
32 Related party transactions continued
Company
a) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Company comprises members of the J Sainsbury plc Board of Directors. The Directors do not receive
any remuneration from the Company (2009: £nil) as their emoluments are borne by subsidiaries. The Company did not have any transactions
with the Directors during the financial year (2009: £nil).
b) Subsidiaries
The Company enters into loans with its subsidiaries at both fixed and floating rates of interest on a commercial basis. Hence, the Company
incurs interest expense and earns interest income on these loans and advances. The Company also received dividend income from its
subsidiaries during the fi nancial year.
Transactions with subsidiaries
Loans and advances given to, and dividend income received from subsidiaries
Loans and advances given
Loans and advances repaid by subsidiaries
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans and advances
Dividend income received
Loans and advances received from subsidiaries
Loans and advances received
Loans and advances repaid
Interest expense paid in respect of interest bearing loans and advances
Year-end balances arising from transactions with subsidiaries
Receivables
Loans and advances due from subsidiaries
Payables
Loans and advances due to subsidiaries
c) Joint ventures
Transactions with joint ventures
For the 52 weeks to 20 March 2010, the Company entered into transactions with joint ventures as set out below.
Services and loans provided to joint ventures
Management services received
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans
Dividend income received
Year-end balances arising from transactions with joint ventures
Receivables
Loans due from joint ventures
Floating rate subordinated undated loan capital1
Floating rate subordinated dated loan capital2
Payables
Loans due to joint ventures
2010
£m
2009
£m
310
(103)
126
268
(350)
377
(69)
402
(423)
119
250
(944)
689
(201)
2010
£m
2009
£m
1,625
1,374
(5,267)
(5,516)
2010
£m
2009
£m
1
2
(1)
3
2010
£m
2009
£m
25
30
25
30
(5)
(5)
1
The undated subordinated loan capital shall be repaid on such date as the Financial Services Authority shall agree in writing for such repayment and in any event not less than five years and one day from
the dates of draw down. In the event of a winding-up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin
of 1.0 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.
2 No repayment of dated subordinated debt prior to its stated maturity may be made without the consent of the Financial Services Authority. In the event of a winding-up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan
is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
101
Notes to the fi nancial statements continued
33 Operating lease commitments
The Group leases various retail stores, offices, depots and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying terms,
escalation clauses and renewal rights.
Commitments under non-cancellable operating leases payable as follows:
Within 1 year
Within 2 to 5 years inclusive
After 5 years
Land and
buildings
2010
£m
Land and
buildings
2009
£m
372
1,449
5,343
7,164
348
1,358
5,253
6,959
Other
leases
2010
£m
49
74
4
Other
leases
2009
£m
48
77
127
125
The Group sublets certain leased properties and the total future minimum sublease payments to be received under non-cancellable subleases
at 20 March 2010 are £267 million (2009: £264 million).
The Company does not have any operating lease commitments (2009: £nil).
34 Capital commitments
The Group has entered into contracts totalling £216 million (2009: £327 million) for future capital expenditure not provided for in the
fi nancial statements.
The Company does not have any capital commitments (2009: £nil).
35 Financial commitments
The financial commitments of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, a 50 per cent joint venture of the Group, are set out below.
The amounts noted below indicate the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date in respect of the off-balance sheet
financial instruments that commit Sainsbury’s Bank plc to extend credit to customers.
Commitments to extend credit
2010
£m
32.7
2009
£m
25.5
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
fi
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
102
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Five year fi nancial record
Financial results (£m)
Revenue1
Underlying operating profi t
Retailing
Sainsbury’s Bank
Underlying net fi nance costs2,3
Share of post-tax profit/(loss) from joint ventures
Underlying profit before tax2,3,4
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
21,421
20,383
19,287
18,518
17,317
671
671
(79)
18
610
616
-
616
(113)
16
519
535
-
535
(99)
(2)
434
429
2
431
(92)
-
339
352
(10)
342
(98)
-
244
Increase on previous year (%)
17.5
19.6
28.0
38.9
2.5
Underlying operating profit margin excluding Sainsbury’s Bank (%)
3.36
3.26
3.00
2.54
2.24
Earnings per share
Underlying basic (pence)2,4
Increase on previous year (%)
Proposed dividend per share (pence)5
Retail statistics for UK food retailing
Number of outlets at financial year-end excluding checkout space6
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets
over 55,000 sq ft sales area
40,001 — 55,000 sq ft sales area
25,001 — 40,000 sq ft sales area
15,000 — 25,000 sq ft sales area
under 15,000 sq ft sales area
Sales area excluding checkout space (000 sq ft)
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets6
Net increase on previous year:
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets6 (%)
New Sainsbury’s Supermarkets openings6
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets’ sales intensity
Excluding checkout space (including VAT)6,7
Per square foot (£ per week)
23.9
12.7
14.20
21.2
21.8
13.20
17.4
33.8
12.00
13.0
36.8
9.75
9.5
21.8
8.00
45
125
156
115
431
872
34
130
153
108
367
792
24
130
161
100
408
823
20
124
167
98
379
788
15
116
177
92
352
752
17,750
16,703
16,191
15,715
15,166
6.3
89
3.2
29
3.0
35
3.6
40
1.8
34
20.42
20.01
19.69
19.30
18.40
1 Includes VAT at Sainsbury’s Supermarkets.
2 Previous periods are restated for the change in the definition of underlying profit before tax as described in note 3.
3 Net finance costs before financing fair value movements, IAS 19 pension financing (charge)/credit and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature.
4 Profit before tax from continuing operations before any gain or loss on the sale of properties, investment property fair value movements, impairment of goodwill, financing fair value
movements, IAS 19 pension financing (charge)/credit and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature.
5 Total proposed dividend in relation to the fi nancial year.
6 Includes all convenience stores and convenience acquisitions.
7 The 2010 and 2009 figures have been adjusted for the effect of the VAT change from 17.5 per cent to 15 per cent on 1 December 2008 to 31 December 2009 to ensure the data is presented
on a like-for-like basis.
i
F
v
e
y
e
a
r
fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
r
e
c
o
r
d
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
103
Additional shareholder information
End of year information at 20 March 2010
Number of shareholders:
Number of shares in issue:
By size of holding
500 and under
501 to 1,000
1,001 to 10,000
10,001 to 100,000
100,001 to 1,000,000
Over 1,000,000
By category of shareholder
Individual and other shareholders
Insurance companies
Banks and Nominees
Investment Trusts
Pension Funds
Other Corporate Bodies
121,423 (2009: 126,423)
1,860,610,824 (2009: 1,753,155,824)
Shareholders
%
2010
Shareholders
%
2009
64.60
13.80
20.60
1.22
0.33
0.17
67.35
12.60
18.58
1.01
0.33
0.13
Shares
%
2010
0.48
0.64
3.48
1.97
7.40
86.03
Shares
%
2009
0.55
0.68
3.40
1.87
8.52
84.98
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Shareholders
%
2010
Shareholders
%
2009
94.14
0.05
5.43
0.03
0.01
0.34
95.21
0.03
4.38
0.03
0.01
0.34
Shares
%
2010
12.08
0.03
81.22
0.23
0.00
6.43
Shares
%
2009
12.38
0.02
78.13
0.01
0.00
9.46
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Annual Report and Financial Statements
The Annual Report and Financial Statements is published on our
website at www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/report2010 and has only been sent
to those shareholders who have asked for a paper copy. Shareholders
who have not requested a paper copy of the Annual Report have been
notified of its availability on the website.
A paper copy of the Annual Report is available by writing to the
Company Secretary, J Sainsbury plc, Store Support Centre, 33 Holborn,
London EC1N 2HT or you can email your request to investor.
relations2@sainsburys.co.uk.
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM will be held at 11.00am on Wednesday, 14 July 2010 at The
Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre, Broad Sanctuary, Westminster,
London SW1P 3EE. The Notice of the Meeting and the proxy card for
the meeting are enclosed with this report.
Company website
J Sainsbury plc Interim and Annual Reports and results
announcements are available via the internet on our website at
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk. As well as providing share price data and
financial history, the site also provides background information
about the Company, regulatory and news releases and current
issues. Shareholders can receive email notification of results and
press announcements as they are released by registering on the
page called Email news service in the Investor section of the website.
Registrars
For information about the AGM, shareholdings, dividends and to
report changes to personal details, shareholders should contact:
Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater
Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ.
Telephone: 0870 702 0106
You can view and manage your shareholding online at
www.investorcentre.co.uk. You will require your 11 character
Shareholder Reference Number (“SRN”) to log in. Your SRN starts
with the letter C or G and is followed by 10 numbers. It can be found
on share certificates and dividend tax vouchers.
Consolidated Tax Vouchers
Starting in July 2010, the Company will adopt the Consolidated Tax
Voucher (”CTV”) process in relation to future dividend payments.
This means that rather than those shareholders who currently receive
their dividend direct into their bank account receiving a separate tax
voucher for each dividend payment made, they will receive a CTV
once a year, detailing all payments made throughout that year.
The first CTVs will be despatched with the January 2011 dividend
mailing to shareholders and will contain the tax and payment
information for dividends paid during the tax year 2010/2011.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”)
The Company has a DRIP, which allows shareholders to reinvest their
cash dividends in the Company’s shares bought in the market through
a specially arranged share dealing service. No new shares are allotted
under this DRIP and 32,562 shareholders participate in it. Full details
of the DRIP and its charges, together with mandate forms, are
available from the Registrars. Alternatively, you can elect to join the
DRIP by registering for Investor Centre at www.investorcentre.co.uk.
Key dates for the final dividend are as follows:
Last date for return of revocation of DRIP mandates
25 June 2010
DRIP shares purchased for participants
DRIP share certificates issued
16 July 2010
28 July 2010
Individual Savings Account (“ISA”)
A corporate ISA is available from The Share Centre Ltd and offers
a tax efficient way of holding shares in the Company. For further
information contact: The Share Centre, PO Box 2000, Oxford Road,
Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire HP21 8ZB. Telephone: 01296 414141 or
freephone 08000 282812 and quote ‘Sainsbury’s’.
Electronic Shareholder Communications
The Company encourages all shareholders to receive their shareholder
communications electronically in order to reduce our impact on
the environment. Shareholders can register their email address at
www.etreeuk.com/jsainsbury and for each new shareholder that
does so, we will make a donation to the Tree for All campaign run
by the Woodland Trust.
104
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i
l
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
Additional shareholder information continued
Share dealing services
To buy or sell your J Sainsbury plc ordinary shares, please visit your
stockbroker or a High Street Bank who will usually be able to assist
you. Alternatively, you may consider using:
Investor Relations
For investor enquiries please contact: Anna Tee, Head of Investor
Relations, J Sainsbury plc, Store Support Centre, 33 Holborn,
London EC1N 2HT.
American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”)
The Company has a sponsored Level I ADR programme for which
The Bank of New York Mellon acts as depositary.
The ADRs are traded on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market
in the US under the symbol JSYNSY, where one ADR is equal
to four ordinary shares.
All enquiries relating to ADRs should be addressed to:
BNY Mellon, Shareowner Services, PO Box 358516,
Pittsburgh PA 15252-8516
Toll Free Telephone # for domestic callers: 1-888-BNY-ADRS
International callers can call: +1-201-680-6825
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
General contact details
Share price information is available on the Company’s website,
in the financial press and the Cityline service operated by the
Financial Times (Telephone: 0906 003 3904).
For general enquiries about Sainsbury’s Finance call: 0500 405 060.
For any customer enquiries please contact our Customer Careline
by calling: 0800 636 262.
• The Share Centre Ltd who offer a postal dealing service and they
can be contacted at The Share Centre, PO Box 2000, Oxford Road,
Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire HP21 8ZB. Telephone: 01296 414141 or
freephone 08000 282812 and quote ‘Sainsbury’s’; or
• Computershare who offer a telephone and internet facility which
gives shareholders the opportunity to trade at a known price. The
telephone service is available from 8.00am to 4.30pm, Monday to
Friday, excluding bank holidays, on telephone number 0870 703
0084. The internet share dealing service gives shareholders the
option to submit instructions to trade online and more information
can be found by visiting www.computershare.com/dealing/uk.
Further information and detailed terms and conditions are available
on request by calling either provider.
ShareGift
If you have only a small number of shares which would cost more for
you to sell than they are worth, you may wish to consider donating
them to the charity ShareGift (Registered Charity 1052686) which
specialises in accepting such shares as donations. The relevant stock
transfer form may be obtained from Computershare Investor Services
PLC. There are no implications for Capital Gains Tax purposes (no gain
or loss) on gifts of shares to charity and it is also possible to obtain
income tax relief. Further information about ShareGift may be obtained
on 020 7930 3737 or from www.ShareGift.org
Tax information – Capital Gains Tax (“CGT”)
For CGT purposes, the market value of ordinary shares on 31 March
1982 adjusted for all capital adjustments was 91.99 pence and B
shares 10.941 pence.
Share capital consolidation
The original base cost of shares apportioned between ordinary shares
of 284/7 pence and B shares is made by reference to the market value
of each class of shares on the first day for which a market value is
quoted after the new holding comes into existence. The market value
for CGT purposes of any share or security quoted on the Stock
Exchange Daily Official List is generally the lower of the two quotations
on any day plus one quarter of the difference between the values.
On Monday, 19 July 2004 the values were determined as follows:
New ordinary shares 257.5 pence
B shares 35 pence
A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
s
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r
l
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
105
Additional Shareholder Information continued
Financial calendar 2010/11
Dividend payments
Ordinary dividend:
Ex-dividend date
Record date
Final dividend payable
Interim dividend payable
Other dates
Annual General Meeting — London
Interim results announced
Interim report available
Annual General Meeting — London
Registered offi ce
J Sainsbury plc
33 Holborn
London EC1N 2HT
Registered number 185647
Solicitors
Linklaters
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ
Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London WC2N 6RH
Stockbrokers
UBS
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP
Morgan Stanley
25 Cabot Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 4QA
19 May 2010
21 May 2010
16 July 2010
January 2011
14 July 2010
10 November 2010
November 2010
13 July 2011
Electronic communications for shareholders
The Company has set up a facility for shareholders to take advantage of electronic communications.
If you would like to:
• view the Annual Report and Accounts on the day it is published
• receive electronic notification of the availability of future shareholder information (you must register your
email for this service)
• check the balance and current value of your shareholding and view your dividend history
• submit your vote online prior to a general meeting
For more information, to view the terms and conditions and to register for the service, log on to
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/investors, click on ‘Shareholder Services’ and then follow the instructions on screen.
Alternatively, register by visiting www-uk.computershare.com/investor. For both methods, you will require your
11 character shareholder reference number which can be found on your share certificate or latest tax voucher.
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i
l
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
106
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Glossary
‘Active Kids’ — Our nationwide scheme to
help inspire school children to take more
exercise and to eat more healthily. Launched
in 2005, Active Kids is open to all nursery,
primary and secondary schools as well
as Scouts and Girl Guides in the UK.
www.sainsburys.co.uk/activekids
AGM — Annual General Meeting — This year
the AGM will be held on Wednesday 14 July
2010 at The Queen Elizabeth II Conference
Centre, Broad Sanctuary, London SW1P 3EE
at 11.00am.
B shares — Preference B shares issued on
12 July 2004 as part of the Return of Capital
scheme in 2004/05.
‘basics’ — Sainsbury’s entry level sub-brand
range of products.
‘BGTY’ — ‘Be Good to Yourself’ —
Sainsbury’s healthier alternative sub-brand
range of products. Products are either:
those with less than three per cent fat or
those with less calories, salt and saturated
fat than standard lines.
CMBS — Commercial Mortgage Backed
Securities.
Company — J Sainsbury plc.
CC — Competition Commission — An
independent public body which conducts
in-depth inquiries into mergers, markets and
the major regulated industries. The CC has
undertaken an investigation into the supply
of groceries by retailers in the UK.
www.competition-commission.org.uk
CR — Corporate responsibility — The need
to act responsibly in managing the impact
on a range of stakeholders: customers,
colleagues, investors, suppliers, the
community and the environment.
‘Different by design’ — Sainsbury’s general
merchandise brand which mirrors the
premium ‘Taste the difference’ food range.
‘Different values’ — Campaign launched
in 2007 to emphasise the higher quality
specifications and great value of Sainsbury’s
own brand products.
Dividend cover — Underlying profit after tax
from continuing operations attributable to
equity shareholders divided by total value
of dividends declared during the year.
DRIP — Dividend Reinvestment Plan —
Allows shareholders to reinvest their cash
dividend in shares of the Company through
a specially arranged share dealing service.
EBITDAR — Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation, amortisation and rent.
EPS — Earnings per share — Earnings
attributable to ordinary shareholders
divided by the weighted average number
of ordinary shares in issue during the year,
excluding those held by ESOP trusts, which
are treated as cancelled.
Easter adjustment — To adjust for the
timing of Easter: 2009/2010 included a Good
Friday trading week and an Easter Sunday
trading week. 2008/09 included an Easter
Sunday trading week.
MTL — Multiple traffi c lights — Nutritional
labels which provide effective ‘at-a-glance’
information customers need to make
healthier choices when shopping. Around
5,000 Sainsbury’s products carry our Wheel
of Health MTL label.
ESOP trusts — Employee Share Ownership
Plan trusts.
OFT — Office of Fair Trading.
Fairtrade — The Fairtrade label is an
independent consumer label that
guarantees a fair deal for marginalised
workers and small scale farmers in
developing countries. Producers receive
a minimum price that covers the cost of
production and an extra premium that
is invested in the local community.
www.fairtrade.org.uk
Fair value — The amount for which an asset
could be exchanged, or a liability settled,
between knowledgeable, willing parties in
an arm’s length transaction.
‘freefrom’ — Sainsbury’s range of products
guaranteed to be wheat, gluten or dairy free.
FSA — Food Standards Agency.
www.food.gov.uk
FTSE4Good — The FTSE Group, an indexing
company, runs the FTSE4Good index series
to measure the performance of companies
that meet CR standards, and to facilitate
investment in those companies.
www.ftse.com/ftse4good
GDAs — Guideline Daily Amounts.
Organic — Organic farming prohibits the
use of artificial fertilisers, pesticides, growth
regulators and additives in livestock feed.
The International Federation of Organic
Agriculture Movements (IFOAM) accredits
national organic certifying bodies.
Pipeline — Sites which the Group has
an interest in developing in the future.
ROCE — Return on Capital Employed.
RPI — Retail Price Index.
‘Sainsbury’s SO organic’ — Sainsbury’s
organic sub-brand range of products.
TSR — Total Shareholder Return — The
growth in value of a shareholding over a
specified period, assuming that dividends
are reinvested to purchase additional units
of the stock.
‘Ttd’ — ‘Taste the difference’ — Sainsbury’s
premium sub-brand range of products.
‘Try something new today’ — The marketing
campaign in support of Making Sainsbury’s
Great Again.
Gearing — Net debt divided by total equity.
‘TU’ — Sainsbury’s own label clothing range.
Group — The Company and its subsidiaries.
IFRIC — International Financial Reporting
Interpretations Committee.
IFRSs — International Financial Reporting
Standard(s).
IGD — Institute of Grocery Distribution.
www.igd.com
Income statement — Formerly known as the
profit and loss account under UK GAAP.
ISA — Individual Savings Account.
JV — Joint venture — A business jointly
owned by two or more parties.
Like-for-like sales — The measure of year
on year same store sales growth.
LTIP — Long-Term Incentive Plan.
‘Mtdd’ — ‘Make the difference days’ —
Launched in April 2007 to raise awareness
and action around different social,
environmental and ethical issues and
working partnership with customers to
make a sustained difference.
‘TU home’ — Sainsbury’s sub-brand
homeware range of products.
Underlying basic earnings per share —
Profit after tax from continuing operations
attributable to equity holders before any
profit or loss on the sale of properties,
investment property fair value movements,
impairment of goodwill, fi nancing fair
value movements, IAS 19 pension fi nancing
element and one-off items that are material
and infrequent in nature, divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue during the year, excluding
those held by the ESOP trusts, which are
treated as cancelled.
Underlying profit before tax — Profi t
before tax from continuing operations
before any profit or loss on the sale of
properties, investment property fair value
movements, impairment of goodwill,
financing fair value movements, IAS 19
pension financing element and one-off items
that are material and infrequent in nature.
Underlying operating profi t/(loss) —
Underlying profit before tax from continuing
operations before underlying net fi nance
costs and underlying share of post-tax profi t
or loss from joint ventures.
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010 J Sainsbury plc
107
l
G
o
s
s
a
r
y
Notes
108
J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2010
Designed by sasdesign.co.uk. Printed by royle print.
This Report is printed on Revive Pure White Offset, a recycled
paper containing 100% post consumer collected waste.
The paper is FSC accredited as a recycled grade.
The printer is certified to the environmental management
system ISO 14001 and is also Carbon Neutral.
The FSC Logo identifies products which
contain wood from well managed forests
certified in accordance with the rules of
Forest Stewardship Council. FSC Trademark
© 1996 Forest Stewardship Council, A.C.
Jerseys with crispy bacon
Try boiling halved ‘Taste the Difference’ Jersey Royal potatoes for
around 20 minutes, until tender. Meanwhile, heat 1 tablespoon of
olive oil in a pan and fry 75g of ‘Taste the Difference’ oak smoked
back bacon, rind removed and chopped into pieces, for 3–4 minutes
until crispy. Add 1 bunch of spring onions, sliced and 1 clove of garlic,
peeled and sliced. Sauté until the garlic is soft and the spring onion
has wilted. Remove from the heat and stir in the cooked, drained
potatoes. Serve on a bed of wild rocket for a tasty dish that’s
great alongside meat or fi sh.
‘Taste the Difference‘
Jersey Royals
‘Taste the Difference’
oak smoked back
bacon rashers
For more meal ideas, visit our Try Team
at www.sainsburys.co.uk/trynation
cals
175
fat
5.9g
total
sugars
1.5g
sat fat
1.8g
salt
0.4g
*Traffic light labelling values for one serving based on:
125g ‘Taste the Difference’ Jersey Royal potatoes, 3g olive oil,
19g ‘Taste the Difference’ oak smoked back bacon, 20g spring
onion, 1g garlic, 18g rocket, using the nutrition information
on Sainsbury’s branded products.
Spring onions
Garlic
Wild rocket
Want to know more about our year?
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/illustratedreview
J Sainsbury plc, 33 Holborn, London EC1N 2HT.